<PAGE> 1
AS FILED WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION ON MAY 18, 1999
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
WASHINGTON, D.C. 20549
------------------------
FORM 20-F
(MARK ONE)
[ ] REGISTRATION STATEMENT PURSUANT TO SECTION 12(b) OR (g) OF
THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
OR
[X] ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE
SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
FOR THE FISCAL YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1998
OR
[ ] TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE
SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
FOR THE TRANSITION PERIOD FROM ------ TO ------
COMMISSION FILE NUMBER: 001-14251
------------------------
SAP AKTIENGESELLSCHAFT
SYSTEME, ANWENDUNGEN, PRODUKTE IN DER DATENVERARBEITUNG
(EXACT NAME OF REGISTRANT AS SPECIFIED IN ITS CHARTER)
SAP CORPORATION
SYSTEMS, APPLICATIONS AND PRODUCTS IN DATA PROCESSING
(TRANSLATION OF REGISTRANT'S NAME INTO ENGLISH)
FEDERAL REPUBLIC OF GERMANY
(JURISDICTION OF INCORPORATION OR ORGANIZATION)
------------------------
NEUROTTSTRASSE 16
69190 WALLDORF
FEDERAL REPUBLIC OF GERMANY
(ADDRESS OF PRINCIPAL EXECUTIVE OFFICES)
SECURITIES REGISTERED OR TO BE REGISTERED PURSUANT TO SECTION 12(B) OF THE
ACT:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
TITLE OF EACH CLASS NAME OF EACH EXCHANGE ON WHICH REGISTERED
------------------- -----------------------------------------
<S> <C>
American Depositary Shares, each Representing New York Stock Exchange
One-Twelfth of One Non-Voting Preference Share,
without nominal value
Non-Voting Preference Shares, without nominal value New York Stock Exchange*
</TABLE>
SECURITIES REGISTERED OR TO BE REGISTERED PURSUANT TO SECTION 12(G) OF THE
ACT: None
SECURITIES FOR WHICH THERE IS A REPORTING OBLIGATION PURSUANT TO SECTION
15(D) OF THE ACT: None
Indicate the number of outstanding shares of each of the issuer's classes
of capital or common stock at the close of the period covered by the annual
report:
<TABLE>
<S> <C>
Ordinary Shares, without nominal value (as of December 31,
1998)..................................................... 61,000,000
Non-Voting Preference Shares, without nominal value (as of
December 31, 1998)........................................ 43,564,499
</TABLE>
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports
required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of
1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the
registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such
filing requirements for the past 90 days.
Yes [X] No [ ]
Indicate by check mark which financial statement item the registrant has
elected to follow.
Item 17 [ ] Item 18 [X]
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
* Not for trading, but only in connection with the registration of American
Depository Shares representing such Preference Shares.
<PAGE> 2
TABLE OF CONTENTS
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
PAGE
----
<S> <C> <C>
INTRODUCTION............................................................ 1
PRESENTATION OF FINANCIAL INFORMATION................................... 1
FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS MAY PROVE INACCURATE......................... 2
GLOSSARY OF CERTAIN DEFINED TERMS....................................... 3
PART I.................................................................. 4
Item 1. Description of Business..................................... 4
Item 2. Description of Property..................................... 18
Item 3. Legal Proceedings........................................... 19
Item 4. Control of Registrant....................................... 20
Item 5. Nature of Trading Market.................................... 22
Item 6. Exchange Controls and Other Limitations Affecting Security
Holders..................................................... 24
Item 7. Taxation.................................................... 24
Item 8. Selected Financial Data..................................... 31
Item 9. Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition
and Results of Operations................................... 34
Item 9A. Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosure About Market Risk... 57
Item 10. Directors and Officers of Registrant........................ 59
Item 11. Compensation of Directors and Officers...................... 62
Item 12. Options to Purchase Securities from Registrant or
Subsidiaries................................................ 62
Item 13. Interest of Management in Certain Transactions.............. 64
PART II................................................................. 67
Item 14. Description of Securities to be Registered*................. 67
PART III................................................................ 67
Item 15. Defaults Upon Senior Securities*............................ 67
Item 16. Changes in Securities, Changes in Security for Registered
Securities and Use of Proceeds*............................. 67
PART IV................................................................. 67
Item 17. Financial Statements**...................................... 67
Item 18. Financial Statements........................................ 67
Item 19. Financial Statements and Exhibits........................... 67
</TABLE>
- ---------------
* Omitted because the Item is inapplicable or the answer is negative.
** The Registrant has responded to Item 18 in lieu of this Item.
i
<PAGE> 3
INTRODUCTION
SAP Aktiengesellschaft Systeme, Anwendungen, Produkte in der
Datenverarbeitung ("SAP" and, together with its subsidiaries, the "Company") was
incorporated under the laws of the Federal Republic of Germany ("Germany") in
1972. Where the context requires, "SAP" refers to its predecessors,
Systemanalyse und Programmentwicklung GdbR (1972-1976) and SAP, Systeme,
Anwendungen, Produkte in der Datenverarbeitung GmbH (1976-1988). SAP became a
stock corporation (Aktiengesellschaft) in 1988. The Company's principal
executive offices are located at Neurottstrasse 16, 69190 Walldorf, Germany. Its
telephone number is 49-6227-7-47474.
"SAP," "ABAP/4," "SAP EarlyWatch," "SAP Business Workflow," "R/2," "R/3,"
"ABAP," "TeamSAP," "BAPI," "AcceleratedSAP," "ALE/Web," "EnjoySAP," "mySAP.com,"
"SAPNet," "SAP Aerospace & Defense," "SAP APO," "SAP Automotive," "SAP B2B
Procurement," "SAP Banking," "SAP Chemicals," "SAP Consumer Products," "SAP
Engineering & Construction," "SAP Healthcare," "SAP High Tech," "SAP Higher
Education & Research," "SAP Insurance," "SAP Marketing," "SAP Media," "SAP Mill
Products," "SAP Oil & Gas," "SAP Online Store," "SAP Pharmaceuticals," "SAP
Public Sector," "SAP Retail," "SAP Service," "SAP Sales," "SAP Service
Provider," "SAP Telecommunications" and "SAP Utilities" are trademarks of the
Company. This document also contains trademarks of companies other than the
Company.
Unless the context otherwise requires, references in this Annual Report on
Form 20-F ("Form 20-F") to "Ordinary Shares" are to SAP's ordinary shares,
without nominal value, and references to "Preference Shares" are to SAP's
non-voting preference shares, without nominal value. From August 4, 1988 to July
17, 1995, SAP's share capital consisted of ordinary shares, nominal value DM 50
per share (the "DM 50 Ordinary Shares"), and, on and after June 7, 1990,
non-voting preference shares, nominal value DM 50 per share (the "DM 50
Preference Shares"). From July 18, 1995 through June 16, 1998, SAP's share
capital consisted of: (i) DM 50 Ordinary Shares and ordinary shares, nominal
value DM 5 per share (the "DM 5 Ordinary Shares"); and (ii) DM 50 Preference
Shares and non-voting preference shares, nominal value DM 5 per share (the "DM 5
Preference Shares"). Generally, the DM 50 Ordinary Shares were treated as ten DM
5 Ordinary Shares, and the DM 50 Preference Shares were treated as ten DM 5
Preference Shares. Effective June 16, 1998, SAP's share capital was converted to
no nominal value shares. References in this Form 20-F to "ADSs" are to American
Depository Shares, each representing one-twelfth of one Preference Share.
PRESENTATION OF FINANCIAL INFORMATION
In this Form 20-F: (i) references to "U.S.$" or "Dollars" are to U.S.
Dollars; (ii) references to "DM" or "Marks" are to German Deutsche Marks; and
(iii) references to "EUR" or "euro" are to the euro, a currency of the countries
participating in the European Economic Monetary Union ("EMU"). Certain amounts
that appear in this Form 20-F may not sum because of rounding adjustments. In
this Form 20-F, except as otherwise specified, financial information with
respect to the Company has been expressed in euros, Marks or Dollars; however,
the operations of the Company are based primarily in Germany, and the Company's
consolidated financial statements included herein are expressed in Marks.
Effective January 1, 1999, the euro was introduced in the 11 member states of
the European Union currently participating in the EMU. The fixed exchange rate
for euros converted to Marks is DM 1.95583 per EUR 1.00. Effective as of January
1, 1999, the Company has adopted the euro as its financial and reporting
currency. Effective February 26, 1999, all of SAP's share capital was converted
to the euro.
Unless otherwise specified herein, all Mark financial data that have been
converted into Dollars have been converted at the noon buying rate in New York
City for cable transfers in foreign currencies as certified for customs purposes
by the Federal Reserve Bank of New York (the "Noon Buying Rate") on December 31,
1998, which was DM 1.667 per U.S.$1.00. No representation is made that such Mark
amounts actually represent such Dollar amounts or that such Mark amounts could
have been or could be converted into Dollars at that or any other exchange rate
on such date or on any other dates. For information regarding recent rates of
exchange between euros and Dollars and Marks and Dollars, see "Item 8. Selected
Consolidated Financial Data -- Exchange Rates." At May 7, 1999, the Noon Buying
Rate for converting Marks to Dollars was
<PAGE> 4
DM 1.8142 per U.S.$1.00, and the Noon Buying Rate for converting euros to
Dollars was EUR 1.0781 per U.S.$1.00.
The Company's consolidated financial statements included in "Item 18.
Financial Statements" in this Form 20-F have been prepared in accordance with
generally accepted accounting principles in Germany ("German GAAP"). A
reconciliation of the differences between German GAAP and generally accepted
accounting principles in the United States ("U.S. GAAP") which materially affect
the determination of net income for each of the three years ended December 31,
1998, 1997 and 1996 and shareholders' equity at December 31, 1998 and 1997 is
set forth in note 6 to the Company's consolidated financial statements included
herein. Effective for the fiscal year 1999 and thereafter, the consolidated
financial statements of the Company will be prepared exclusively in accordance
with U.S. GAAP. The Company issued its results for the first quarter of 1999 in
a press release dated April 21, 1999, and, in a separate press release of the
same date, the Company restated its quarterly and annual results for 1998 in
accordance with U.S. GAAP for comparative purposes. The Company's 1997
consolidated financial statements will be restated in accordance with U.S. GAAP
for comparative purposes with the issuance of the Company's 1999 consolidated
financial statements.
FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS MAY PROVE INACCURATE
Any statements contained in this Form 20-F that are not historical facts
are forward-looking statements as defined in the U.S. Private Securities
Litigation Reform Act of 1995. Words such as "believe," "estimate," "intend,"
"may," "will" and "expect" and similar expressions as they relate to the Company
are intended to identify such forward-looking statements. The Company undertakes
no obligation to publicly update or revise any forward-looking statements. All
forward-looking statements are subject to various risks and uncertainties that
could cause results to differ materially from expectations. The factors that
could affect the Company's future financial results are discussed more fully
under "Item 9. -- Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition
and Results of Operations -- Factors That May Effect Future Results and Market
Price of Stock," as well as elsewhere in this Form 20-F and in the Company's
other filings with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission. Readers are
cautioned not to place undue reliance on these forward-looking statements, which
speak only as of their dates.
2
<PAGE> 5
GLOSSARY OF CERTAIN DEFINED TERMS
"ABAP Objects" extends the current ABAP Workbench with object technology and
delivers a new extended, virtual machine capable of running both new
applications, implemented using ABAP Objects, and all existing ABAP
applications.
"Advanced Business Application Programming" or "ABAP" is the Company's
fourth-generation programming language, which is specifically designed for
integrated standard software applications. ABAP also supports all of the
steps involved in improving the client/server solution, from prototyping
through implementation and testing, to final optimization. The latest
extension of ABAP is ABAP Objects.
"Application" refers to software designed for a specific purpose to be used by
an individual, such as a spreadsheet, which performs mathematical
operations, or a planning program that allocates tasks to a timetable.
"Application Link Enabling" or "ALE" enables expanded use of the R/3 System
within a company and within a company's business partners and provides the
Company's software products with distribution models and technologies for
linking business applications across technically independent systems by
enabling, among other things, multiple database servers to share
transaction update information.
"Business Application Programming Interfaces" or "BAPIs" are interfaces within
the business framework to link Company components to one another and
Company components to third-party components.
"Business framework" is offered by the Company as an integrated, open,
component-based product architecture that has the flexibility to accept new
business processes and is open to other technologies and applications.
"Graphical user interface" or "GUI" refers to the display of software on a
screen using graphics, symbols and icons rather than text alone. An example
of a GUI is Microsoft Corporation's "Windows" format.
"Integration" allows data to flow freely from one corporate area to another
without having to pass through time-consuming and trouble-prone interfaces.
Integration also permits companies to maintain the same data from various
sites.
"Open architecture" means that a software product's components can conform to
non-proprietary standards of other software suppliers, thus permitting
multi-tiered functioning on database servers, application servers, personal
computers, workstations or Web-browsers.
"Real-time" refers to the immediate access to a given piece of data by multiple
users throughout the different departments or divisions of a company.
"Scalable architecture" permits a company to size its computer systems based on
actual needs and to continually add users and enhance business/decision
processes.
"Three-tier client/server architecture," consisting of the database, the
applications and the presentation logic, may run simultaneously on three
different physical computers. Distributing these functions among several
computers enhances scalability and performance through parallelism.
3
<PAGE> 6
PART I
ITEM 1. DESCRIPTION OF BUSINESS.
Certain terms used in this "Item 1. Description of Business" have been
given specific meanings or abbreviations set forth in "Glossary of Certain
Defined Terms."
OVERVIEW
The Company is a leading international developer and supplier of integrated
business application software designed to provide cost-effective comprehensive
solutions for businesses. The Company's mission is to market products and
provide services that improve user productivity and add value to its customers
by decreasing the total cost of ownership of, and increasing the total return on
investment for, business application software. The Company believes that its
products provide the technological infrastructure to enhance customers' growth
and organizational agility. The Company's products include enterprise resource
planning software and independent business applications for analysis,
optimization and planning, as well as certain complementary third-party software
products. The Company's services include consulting, support and training.
The Company's primary product is the R/3 System for client/server
(distributed) architectures. The Company's R/2 System is available for mainframe
data processing systems. The R/3 System and the R/2 System (together, the
"Systems") are designed to provide customers with a palette of standard business
solutions arranged in applications which provide integrated enterprise-wide
processing of business workflows. In 1998, the Company announced the
introduction of its "New Dimension" products, which initially include
independent business applications for extended supply chain management, customer
relationship management, business intelligence and electronic commerce. The
Company's products include, in addition to the Systems and the New Dimension
products, industry-specific products ("Industry Specific Products") and other
independent business applications (collectively, the "SAP Software Products"),
and the Company provides the necessary technological infrastructure to support
complementary third-party software solutions. The Company has many strategic
partners that offer complementary third-party software, services and hardware.
In 1999, the Company announced that all SAP Software Products will be accessible
for use over the Internet, enabling new Internet-based business scenarios,
inter-enterprise integration and more efficient electronic commerce.
On December 31, 1998, the Company had more than 19,000 System installations
at over 10,700 customers ranging in size from multinational enterprises to
medium- and smaller-sized businesses. For the year ended December 31, 1998, the
Company's sales revenues and results from ordinary operations (pretax profits)
were approximately DM 8.47 billion and DM 1.92 billion, respectively, as
compared to DM 6.02 billion and DM 1.67 billion, respectively, for the year
ended December 31, 1997. Net income was DM 1,052.3 million and DM 925.4 million
for the years ended December 31, 1998 and 1997, respectively. The Company
consists of SAP and its network of 55 operating subsidiaries and has a presence
or a representative in 107 countries.
STRATEGY
The Company's business strategy is to increase its profitability and market
share by offering superior software products and services through its business
framework approach to enterprise systems. In implementing this strategy, the
Company has focused on three primary initiatives: (i) continually enhancing and
improving enterprise software products that offer customers a total enterprise
solution and independent solutions for key business functions; (ii) providing
consulting, support and training services that effectively meet the customer's
needs and reduce the customer's total cost of ownership; and (iii) optimizing
the distribution of the Company's products and services.
4
<PAGE> 7
Enhancing and Improving Products
The Company's product strategy is to offer customers both total enterprise
software solutions and independent solutions for key business functions. The
Company seeks to achieve this through: (i) the development and enhancement of
SAP Software Products to enable Internet-based business processes; (ii) the
enhancement of its R/3 System with updated releases which incorporate best
business practices, new business processes and usability enhancements (including
Internet-enablement); (iii) the introduction and enhancement of its New
Dimension independent business applications; (iv) the creation and enhancement
of Industry Specific Products tailored to meet the functionality needs of
targeted vertical industries; and (v) the creation and enhancement of the
necessary technical infrastructure to support the interoperability of
complementary third-party software products.
Internet Applications; mySAP.com. A major focus of product development,
across all of the Company's product areas, has been and continues to be the
Internet and Internet-based applications. Since 1996, the R/3 System has offered
Internet-enabled business processes; the Company believes that continued
enhancements to the R/3 System will expand Internet-enabled business processes
dramatically. In May 1999, the Company announced its "mySAP.com" Internet
business strategy, which includes: (i) mySAP-Employee Workplace, a personalized,
role-based interface for SAP Software Product users; (ii) mySAP.Business
Scenarios, a host of software applications for the Internet; (iii) the Company's
Internet portal, my SAP.com; and (iv) hosting of SAP Software Products on the
Internet. As part of mySAP.com, the Company plans to extend the Internet to all
SAP Software Products. Included in the mySAP.com initiative are the SAP
Business-to-Business Procurement solution, which optimizes processes for the
procurement of indirect goods and services over the Internet, SAP Online Store,
an electronic storefront for Internet business, and a complete front- and
back-office solution for Internet business marketed through Pandesic LLC, a
joint venture between the Company and Intel Corp.
R/3 System Enhancements. The Company continually enhances the R/3 System to
run with new database systems and new hardware and software technologies. To
this end, the Company is a party to joint development and cooperation agreements
with leading hardware and software vendors. As part of the Company's mySAP.com
initiative, the Company's product development effort is particularly focused on
allowing the R/3 System to process business content provided by third parties
and expanding and enhancing its Internet-enabled applications.
EnjoySAP. Through a Company-wide strategic initiative, the Company has
focused development resources on enhancing the usability of SAP Software
Products. The objective of EnjoySAP is to make the R/3 System and all other SAP
Software Products (other than the R/2 System) easier for users to learn, tailor
and use. As part of the EnjoySAP initiative, the Company plans to simplify the
user experience with a new visual appearance, new interaction concepts and a
more personal user interface, streamlined to users' dedicated work environments.
Key elements of EnjoySAP include meaningful user involvement during the
development and testing process (customer site visits, a user simplification
ideas contest and usability lab), as well as collaboration with world-renowned
design experts. The Company's SAP Business-to-Business Procurement solution is
the first product released by the Company through the EnjoySAP initiative.
EnjoySAP releases of the Company's other products will follow, with the first
EnjoySAP release of the R/3 System expected to be made available in the second
half of 1999.
New Dimension Products. The Company, through various initiatives, has
introduced a series of independent business solutions. These solutions can be
utilized as integrated components with the R/3 System or on a stand-alone basis.
In 1998, the Company announced the introduction of its New Dimension products,
which initially include: (i) supply chain management applications, including SAP
Advanced Planner and Optimizer ; (ii) customer relationship management
applications, including SAP Sales, SAP Service and SAP Marketing ; (iii)
business intelligence software, including SAP Business Information Warehouse,
SAP Strategic Enterprise Management and SAP Knowledge Management; and (iv)
electronic commerce products, including SAP Business-to-Business Procurement.
See "-- New Dimension Products."
SAP Solution Maps. SAP Solution Maps are comprehensive business models,
which have been developed by the Company together with customers, partners and
industry experts. The Company is using the
5
<PAGE> 8
SAP Solution Maps to articulate the strategy for its Industry Specific Products
and to communicate current Company and Company third-party software partner
product fit, including future development intentions. SAP Solution Maps thus
help customers visualize, plan and implement a coherent information technology
("IT") plan for their businesses. Through periodic updates, the SAP Solution
Maps map industry business processes, technology and services with the Company's
current and future development intentions, reflecting the release cycles of the
R/3 System, the Industry Specific Products, the New Dimension products and
complementary third-party software products.
Industry Specific Products. The Industry Specific Products are designed to
address the unique functionality requirements of the Company's targeted vertical
industries. These requirements are defined by the Company in conjunction with
its customers and partners in the targeted industries and provide specific
enhancement of the R/3 System and certain independent business applications to
match effectively the specialized needs of such targeted industries.
Complementary Third-Party Software Products. The Company has developed a
comprehensive technological infrastructure to provide for the interfacing of
complementary third-party software products to the Company's software products.
The Company has developed over one thousand currently available standard BAPIs,
which enable multiple outside parties' application components to function with
SAP Software Products. Through its own distribution channels, the Company also
offers its customers selected complementary third-party software products in
conjunction with SAP Software Products.
Consulting, Support and Training Services
The Company offers a range of consulting and support services, both
directly and through alliances with third parties. A continuing focus of the
Company's efforts is to reduce a customer's total cost of ownership of SAP
Software Products. To simplify and speed implementation and use of SAP Software
Products, the Company seeks to provide increasingly flexible, component-based
installation options. In 1997, the Company introduced AcceleratedSAP, a
Company-wide program that comprises a basket of accelerators, tools, templates
and services. The Company believes that AcceleratedSAP has significantly reduced
installation times. The Company continues to develop and release
industry-specific versions of AcceleratedSAP. The Company has also introduced an
accelerated upgrade program, which includes accelerators, tools, templates and
services to allow for cost-effective and timely upgrades of R/3 Systems to
future R/3 System releases.
The Company has also established the TeamSAP initiative, which is designed
to coordinate the personnel, products and processes necessary for the
implementation of SAP Software Products. TeamSAP plays an ongoing role in
maintaining and continuously improving customers' SAP Software Products even
after implementation. As part of the TeamSAP initiative, the Company certifies
third-party hardware and software vendors involved in the implementation of SAP
Software Products.
The Company offers R/3 System training for project teams and end-users, and
has begun to offer additional training services relating to Industry Specific
Products and certain third-party complementary software. The Company has
expanded its training services to include workshops for customers and, partners
addressing business functions as they relate to SAP Software Products, as well
as "portable classrooms" to provide increased flexibility. The Company also
plans to enhance its Internet-accessible training components.
Distribution
The Company currently has a presence or a representative in 107 countries,
with its headquarters located in Walldorf, Germany. In Germany, the Company
markets its products and services primarily through its own direct sales and
support force. The Company began operating in the United States in 1988 through
SAP America, Inc., a wholly owned subsidiary. The fastest growing geographic
market for the R/3 System has been the United States, where businesses have
readily accepted client/server systems. The Company believes that Asia, eastern
Europe and Latin America present opportunities for further growth. However,
there can be no assurance that macroeconomic events in these countries or
regions, including economic, political or currency exchange turmoil in Asia,
eastern Europe, Latin America or elsewhere, will not adversely affect or delay
these opportunities.
6
<PAGE> 9
Over the past several years, a large portion of the Company's marketing and
product development efforts focused on large, multinational concerns. More
recently, the Company has expanded its marketing and product development efforts
with respect to medium- and smaller-sized companies. The Company believes that
its products and services meet important needs of rapidly growing and
resource-constrained mid- and smaller-sized companies. The Company has developed
an independent sales and support force through the establishment of value-added
resellers who primarily market SAP Software Products to smaller-sized businesses
(i.e., generally those with annual revenues below U.S.$200 million per year). In
addition, the Company has entered into strategic alliances with certain major
systems integration firms, telecommunications firms and computer hardware
providers to offer certain SAP Software Products to medium- and smaller-sized
companies as a component of outsourcing offerings. At December 31, 1998, over
43% of the Company's installed Systems were in medium- and smaller-sized
companies.
The Company also believes that it can enhance the distribution of its
products and services by building upon its experience and expertise in providing
business software solutions for a variety of specific industries. In late 1998,
the Company reoriented its operations to six "Industry Sectors" dedicated to
providing complete business solutions for specified industries. These Industry
Sectors will be responsible for the entire sales, delivery and implementation
process with their respective customers.
BACKGROUND
In the early 1970s, mainframe computer systems had limited data storage
capacity. "Batch operation" and "sequential data storage media" (e.g., magnetic
tapes or punch cards) were the norm. Software applications for a given company
had to be custom designed to achieve the functionality necessary to address that
company's business. It was in this environment that the Company's five founders
established SAP in 1972 with the goal of developing multi-functioned application
software as a standard (rather than customized) product designed for real-time,
online data processing. The founders' objective was to allow immediate and
continuous updating of computer-stored information by offering multiple users
direct access in an easy-to-use format. SAP's first generation of software was
introduced in 1973 and consisted of a modest financial accounting application.
The Company believes that this initial system represented the first real-time
standard software application ever produced. Gradually, over the next several
years, new applications such as "Materials Management" and "Asset Management"
were added to the initial system and enhancements expanded the functionality of
existing applications. At the same time, SAP began to work on integrating
various applications within the initial system.
In 1981, the Company introduced its second generation of application
software, the R/2 System. The R/2 System had the capacity to be installed on an
enterprise-wide basis, without requiring substantial customization. The R/2
System also reduced bottlenecks by improving and accelerating user access to
data. In 1988, the Company anticipated growth in the use of a new hardware
technology -- client/server architecture. The three-tier client/server
architecture, consisting of the database, the applications and the presentation
logic, may run simultaneously on three different physical computers.
Distributing these functions among several computers enhances scalability and
performance. During this period, the Company designed the initial version of the
R/3 System to offer the functionality of the R/2 System in a client/server
environment. The R/3 System was brought to market in the early 1990s.
PRODUCTS
Integrated Business Processes in Distributed Environments
The R/3 System and the R/2 System currently consist of a number of major
functional components, each of which contains numerous business process
applications. The Systems integrate all of the business application processes
through a central logical database, which is designed to eliminate data
redundancy and protect data consistency and integrity. Certain multiple country
versions of the business process functions, which include multiple languages,
currencies, legal regulations and accounting systems, can run on the same
database server, which helps to extend a company's functional components beyond
national borders. Each of the components is designed to permit separate
installation, thereby complementing solutions already in place
7
<PAGE> 10
from other vendors or installation with other components of the Company to form
an integrated enterprise-wide information and data-processing system. Both the
R/3 System and the R/2 System include integrated functions designed to have
multilingual capacity (currently more than 28 languages) and the capacity to
handle multiple currencies as well as multiple national legal, tax and
accounting structures.
R/2 System
In 1997, the Company introduced Release 6.1 to the R/2 System, which was
intended, among other things, to enable the R/2 System to support the latest
mainframe architecture of International Business Machines Corp. ("IBM"). The
Company also provides tools to facilitate the migration of R/2 System users to
the R/3 System. The Company is subject to contractual obligations with certain
customers to provide support for the R/2 System for varying lengths of time.
Although the Company is under no obligation to provide such support once such
contracts have expired, the Company currently intends to provide support for
certain releases of the R/2 System until the year 2004.
The R/2 System is based on the 370-computer architecture and is designed to
operate on IBM and Siemens AG hardware platforms. The R/2 System is designed to
operate with a variety of operating systems (i.e., MVS/E2SA, VSE/ESA and
BS2000), databases (i.e., IMS-DB, DL/1, VSAM, ISAM, DB2 and Adabas D) and
terminals (i.e., character terminal, PS/2 (Presentation Manager)), UNIX
Workstation (Motif) and MS DOS PC (Windows)). It utilizes the Assembler and ABAP
languages.
R/3 System
The R/3 System was brought to market in the early 1990s. The Company offers
the R/3 System as a standard, integrated, real-time, enterprise-wide business
solution usable on a wide variety of hardware platforms and with a variety of
databases and software systems. The Company believes that the R/3 System enables
companies to maximize their enterprise computing power by tying together
disparate functions such as financial management, sales and distribution,
logistics, manufacturing and human resources. Integration also permits companies
to reduce their investment in relatively expensive hardware resources by
allowing real-time access to data by multiple users. The R/3 System's
architecture is intended to provide two significant benefits to users: (i)
creating highly flexible and scalable systems that can be expanded to meet
users' needs and to adopt technological changes; and (ii) optimizing data
processing capacity, enabling wider simultaneous use of a company's systems by
multiple users.
The R/3 System is designed to fit all major UNIX platforms and Windows NT
platforms, and will be available for certain distributions of Linux in 1999. The
R/3 System operates with a number of databases (i.e., Adabas D, ORACLE,
Informix-Online, IBM DB2 Universal Database, IBM DB2 for OS/390 and Microsoft
SQL Server) and GUIs (e.g., Microsoft Windows 98/95/NT and Windows 3.1.)
Currently, the Apple Macintosh, IBM OS and UNIX OSF/MOTIF front-end platforms
are supported with native GUI implementations which will be phased out in favor
of the modern Java implementations which support network computers and Web
browsers as well. The R/3 System utilizes the ABAP, C, C++, HTML and Java
languages.
AREAS OF THE R/3 SYSTEM
Logistics Applications
Within the logistics functional area, the Product Data Management, Sales
and Distribution, Production Planning, Project System, Material Management,
Quality Management, Plant Maintenance and Service Management applications form
an integrated suite of applications for procurement, manufacturing and sales and
distribution of goods and services.
The Product Data Management application supports the creation and
management of product data throughout the product life cycle and contains a
computer aided design/computer aided manufacturing interface. The Sales and
Distribution application combines sales and distribution workflows, providing
companies with online real-time information to facilitate, among other things,
product sales, credit manage-
8
<PAGE> 11
ment, sales simulation analysis and multiple orders. The Production Planning
application is designed to facilitate all major tasks within an integrated
production planning chain, including production scheduling, production resources
planning, and monitoring and improving efficiency in the production process. The
Project System application defines the sequential course of a project through
time in the form of activities, to which detailed dates, costs and resources are
assigned. The Project System checks and monitors the availability of funds,
capacities and materials, permitting the user to determine that appropriate
resources are available for the project to be carried out. As with other
applications, the user can employ SAP Business Workflow, a Web-enabled
application for planning and tracking workflow, to improve communications within
large projects. For example, one can use SAP Business Workflow to ensure that
the purchasing department is immediately notified of any changes in schedule or
quantity requirements. The Material Management application focuses on
facilitating the full range of transactions and functions within the areas of
material requirements planning, material procurement, inventory management,
invoice verification and material valuation. For example, the business processes
included within the application can automatically compare the prices, service
and quality of suitable vendors and determine the most favorable vendor for each
purchase. The Quality Management application assists customers in planning and
implementing procedures for inspecting and controlling quality within the
logistics chain. The Plant Maintenance application supports all the activities
associated with planning and processing plant maintenance tasks ranging from the
scheduling of maintenance and inspection tasks to issuing repair orders when
breakdowns occur. The Service Management application helps a customer manage its
installed base (regardless of whether it is a customer's or a competitor's
installed base), including its configuration, history and service or warranty
circumstances. The Company plans to introduce in 1999 the Logistics Execution
System, which will add certain warehouse management and logistics functionality
and enhance certain of the logistics functionality presently incorporated in
other existing logistics applications.
Financial Applications
The Company's suite of integrated financial applications and components
encompasses a broad range of financial accounting, investment management,
controlling, treasury management, asset management and enterprise controlling
functions.
The Financial Accounting component gives customers the ability to track
financial accounting data within an international framework of multiple
companies, languages, currencies and books of accounts. The Company believes
that the Financial Accounting component complies with International Accounting
Standards, as well as various national generally accepted accounting principles,
that it currently satisfies local legal requirements of 47 countries and that it
reflects the legal and accounting changes resulting from the introduction of the
euro in the eleven member states of the European Union currently participating
in the EMU. Further, the application utilizes ALE, which is intended to enable
users to implement decentralized accounting functions while at the same time
maintaining a centralized enterprise-wide master general ledger. The Travel
Management application allows companies to process a business trip from the
initial travel request through to posting in the Financial Accounting and
Controlling application. Within the Treasury Management component, the Cash
Management application is designed to provide the information relevant to
liquidity for analysis purposes, creating a basis for cash management decisions.
Bank account management, electronic banking and control functions provide
support for managing and monitoring bank accounts. The Treasury Management
component also offers functions for managing financial transactions and
positions, from trading through to transferring data to the Financial Accounting
component. The Treasury Management component also supports flexible reporting
and evaluation structures for analyzing financial transactions, positions and
portfolio allocations. The Treasury Management component includes a risk
management function involving a complex feedback loop encompassing data
collection, risk measurement, analysis and simulation, as well as planning with
respect to financial instruments. The Controlling application is designed to
integrate external and management accounting systems to control and monitor
overhead, product and production cost. A wide variety of production methods are
supported, and analysis functions are designed, to enhance decision-making
processes. Inherent in the Controlling application is activity-based costing
("ABC"), which allows the benchmarking of processes to be based not only on time
requirements but also on costs. ABC underlies the Profitability Analysis
application, which is designed to permit customers to examine the sources of
their returns. As a sales controlling component, Profitability Analysis is the
last step in cost and revenue accounting,
9
<PAGE> 12
where revenues are assigned to costs according to profitability segment, or to a
segment of customer operations.
The Project System application is designed to combine project workflows on
a real-time basis to facilitate the planning, controlling and monitoring of
company projects. The Asset Management application is intended to assist
companies in managing their fixed assets by providing parallel recording of book
depreciation, tax depreciation and cost accounting depreciation. The Capital
Investment Management application provides tools for the management and
oversight of general appropriations budgets and carries out bookkeeping
functions associated with assets under construction on capital investment
projects and orders. The Enterprise Controlling component is designed to allow
companies automatically to generate consolidated financial statements, including
necessary eliminations, such as intercompany transactions and currency
translation. The Executive Information System application permits companies to
take financial data from any R/3 System application and combine it with external
sources (e.g., market data or industry benchmarks) or data from non-Company
applications to build a company-specific comprehensive enterprise information
system.
Human Resources Business Applications
SAP Human Resources ("SAP HR") encompasses substantially all facets of
human resources management: organizational management, benefits administration,
time management, payroll administration and employee development. SAP HR, as of
the current release, has been established as an independent component. This
allows human resources organizations to implement and maintain the SAP HR
application independently from the selection of enterprise resource planning
applications.
The Company currently offers over 30 standard country versions of SAP HR
and is adding new country-specific components. SAP HR also offers applications
designed for employees and line managers. SAP Employee Self-Service, currently
available in four country versions, allows employees, via the Internet, to
manage their own personnel data and execute their own personnel transactions,
such as changes in benefits enrollment, address changes, time collection and tax
withholding.
NEW DIMENSION PRODUCTS
In 1998, the Company announced the introduction of its New Dimension
products, a series of independent business solutions which can be utilized as
integrated components with the R/3 System or on a stand-alone basis. The New
Dimension family of products initially include: (i) supply chain management
applications; (ii) customer relationship management applications; (iii) business
intelligence software; and (iv) electronic commerce products. The New Dimension
products initiative is ongoing, and there can be no assurance that the Company
will be able to complete or implement the products or product enhancements
contemplated by this initiative. It is anticipated that the Company will develop
and offer additional independent business solutions based on market
requirements.
Supply Chain Management Applications. Made generally available for
shipment to customers at the end of 1998, SAP Advanced Planner and Optimizer
("SAP APO") is a suite of advanced supply chain planning applications and tools
for use in real-time supply chain planning and decision support. SAP APO
includes advanced forecasting and demand planning tools, supply network planning
and deployment tools, production planning and detailed scheduling tools and
global "available-to-promise" functionality for matching product supply with
customer demand.
Customer Relationship Management Applications. The Company's customer
relationship management initiative is dedicated to the development of
best-of-breed software solutions for the front-office business environment. At
the present time, the customer relationship management initiative includes SAP
Sales, SAP Service and SAP Marketing. SAP Sales allows businesses to simplify
and automate their full sales cycle, including lead qualification, opportunity
management, quotation management, product configuration, order entry and order
status and delivery tracking. Also included in SAP Sales is specific
functionality for telesales, mobile sales and online stores (for Web-based
sales). SAP Service provides the essential customer support tools for a service
organization, including call center support, repairs and returns, parts
availability, scheduling, dispatching and field service, management of service
agreements and installed base management. SAP Mar-
10
<PAGE> 13
keting automates and targets an organization's marketing efforts. SAP Marketing
includes functionality for marketing analysis, database marketing, sales
forecasting, sales pipeline management and marketing campaign management. SAP
Sales and SAP Service were delivered to early customers in March 1999.
Business Intelligence Software. The Company's business intelligence
initiative is aimed at the development of applications and tools which permit an
organization to collect, analyze and report on all available enterprise
information on an effective and efficient basis. Presently, the Company's
business intelligence products include SAP Business Information Warehouse, SAP
Strategic Enterprise Management and SAP Knowledge Management. SAP Business
Information Warehouse, made generally available to customers in 1998, is a
complete data warehouse solution, including predefined analysis tools, reporting
templates and customizable GUIs. SAP Business Information Warehouse tools are
defined for the specific needs of particular industries, and the product offers
industry-specific business content such as pre-fabricated reports and an
administrator workbench for the creation of customized business content, reports
and analysis tools. SAP Strategic Enterprise Management, scheduled for release
in the second half of 1999, is a set of tools and processes for value-based
management, and includes business planning and simulation, business
consolidation, external business information collection, performance analysis
and monitoring and stakeholder relationship management. SAP Knowledge Management
aims to provide customers with the tools, content and services necessary to make
business intelligence and training programs and materials available across their
organizations. Currently, with SAP Information Database, customers can access
and utilize the Company's collection of project-team, end-user and role-based
training materials and software.
Electronic Commerce Products. In March 1999, SAP Business-to-Business
Procurement ("SAP B2B Procurement") became generally available. SAP B2B
Procurement facilitates the processes associated with the procurement of both
goods and services for maintenance, repair and operations, covering all
processes from the creation of a purchase requisition to remittance. SAP B2B
Procurement includes a customized browser for user desktops, an electronic
catalog and catalog content for the development of customized catalogs and the
necessary applications, tools and open interfaces for automation of procurement
business processes over an intranet or the Internet. As part of the Company's
mySAP.com initiative, additional electronic commerce applications for
business-to-business selling and business-to-consumer selling, including SAP
Online Store, are being developed and enhanced by the Company.
INDUSTRY SPECIFIC PRODUCTS
The Company believes that the R/3 System's initial acceptance in various
markets was due to a software architecture that was industry-neutral and that
contained standardized software with cross-industry components. While the
Company has focused on integrating business processes from many different
industry sectors into a standard software solution, it has also developed
Industry Specific Products. As part of this initiative, the Company has
developed SAP Solution Maps for various industries, which are comprehensive
models that articulate the requirements as well as the Company's product plans
for Industry Specific Products. Developed by the Company with the cooperation of
its customers, its partners and industry experts, SAP Solution Maps identify the
entire business solution for the specified industry, incorporating current and
anticipated future requirements. The Company incorporates the domain expertise
of its alliance partners and its customers into the Company's applications in
order to expand the breadth of SAP Software Products and to meet industry-
specific requirements. Industry Specific Products also reduce the need for
customization of other SAP Software Products in the applicable industries.
In 1998, the Company established the following six Industry Sectors in
order to focus the Company's product development efforts on key industries and
to provide best-business practices and integrated business solutions specific to
those industries: (i) process industries; (ii) discrete manufacturing; (iii)
fast-moving consumer goods; (iv) utilities and communication; (v) financial
services and service providers; and (vi) public sector. The Company's related
Industry Specific Products currently include the following: SAP Aerospace &
Defense; SAP Automotive; SAP Banking; SAP Chemicals; SAP Consumer Products; SAP
Engineering & Construction; SAP Healthcare; SAP High Tech; SAP Higher Education
and Research; SAP Insurance; SAP Media; SAP Mill Products; SAP Oil & Gas; SAP
Pharmaceuticals; SAP Public Sector; SAP Retail; SAP Service Provider; SAP
Telecommunications; SAP Transportation; and SAP Utilities. Industry Sectors are
11
<PAGE> 14
intended to develop and globally facilitate "best-in-class" industry solutions,
while utilizing the R/3 System's core technology and providing rollout,
pre-sales, sales and post-sales support around the world.
COMPREHENSIVE INTERNET OFFERINGS; MYSAP.COM INITIATIVE
The Company offers a variety of business applications enabled for Internet
use. Since 1996, the Company has offered Internet-enabled applications within
the R/3 System. The Company's Employee Self-Service applications, which permit
employees to perform expense reimbursement, employee benefit processes, internal
purchase requisition processing and a host of other business processes with an
Internet browser, have nearly three million users worldwide. The Company has
also shipped products such as SAP Online Store and SAP Retail Store, which
control business processes between vendors and retail customers over the
Internet. Pandesic LLC, a joint venture between the Company and Intel Corp.,
markets a complete front- and back-office solution (including Internet and
application hosting services) for electronic commerce.
In May 1999, the Company announced its mySAP.com Internet business
strategy. mySAP.com is comprised of four key elements: (i) mySAP-Employee
Workplace, a personalized, role-based user interface; (ii) mySAP.Business
Scenarios, business applications for the Internet and intranets; (iii) the
Company's www.mySAP.com portal; and (iv) hosting of SAP Software Products on the
Internet. mySAP-Employee Workplace, prepared with results from the Company's
EnjoySAP initiative, empowers customer employees with role-specific services and
scenarios and a host of new personalization and simplification capabilities.
mySAP.Business Scenarios represents a host of new Internet business applications
tailored to specific roles within an organization and initially will include SAP
B2B Procurement, SAP Business-to-Business Selling, SAP Business-to-Consumer
Selling (including SAP Online Store and Pandesic) and an enhanced SAP Employee
Self Service. The Company's www.mySAP.com portal is a blend of software
applications, services, information content and Internet infrastructure
technology. The site will host industry-specific and cross-industry directories
to help companies conduct secure business transactions, trading and
communications in an Internet marketplace. The Company also plans to target
medium- and smaller-sized businesses by offering Internet-based application
hosting services through its mySAP.com portal.
COMPLEMENTARY SOFTWARE PROGRAM
In order to offer its customers enhanced flexibility, the Company has
introduced the "Complementary Software Program" to promote the integration of
third-party software with SAP Software Products through one thousand currently
available BAPIs developed by the Company, which enable multiple outside parties'
application components to function with SAP Software Products. Through its own
distribution channels, the Company also offers its customers certain
complementary third-party software products in conjunction with the Company's
products.
ALLIANCE PARTNERSHIPS
While the Company generally handles its own marketing, sales, distribution
and technical support training, it supplements certain of its consulting and
support services through "alliance partnerships" with hardware and software
vendors, systems integrators and third-party consultants. The Company also
establishes alliance partnerships with smaller systems integrators and
third-party consultants, with the goal of providing customers with a wide
selection of third-party competencies. The role of the alliance partners in the
support of SAP Software Products ranges from pre-sales consulting about business
re-engineering to implementation of SAP Software Products within the customer's
business, to project management and end-user training for customers and, in the
case of certain hardware and software vendors, to technology support.
YEAR 2000 COMPLIANCE OF SAP SOFTWARE PRODUCTS
The Company has performed extensive testing to validate that current
versions of the R/3 System and the R/2 System are Year 2000 compliant. These
testing processes were monitored and certified by the RW Technischer
Uberwachungs Verein e. V. (RWTUV) to verify that such testing processes were
sufficient to determine that such software products are Year 2000 compliant.
While current versions of the R/2 System
12
<PAGE> 15
were determined to be Year 2000 compliant based upon these testing processes,
certain outdated versions of the R/2 System may require an upgrade to be made
Year 2000 compliant. Additionally, while current versions of the R/3 System were
determined to be Year 2000 compliant based upon these testing processes, certain
outdated versions of the R/3 System may require an upgrade to resolve certain
Year 2000 compliance issues arising from the integration of such versions of the
R/3 System with third-party database software or third-party operating system
software. Based upon the information collected by the Company to date, only a
small minority of the Company's customers have in productive use such outdated
versions of the R/3 System which require an R/3 System upgrade. Certain other
R/3 System customers may only require a minor update, which generally can be
completed in several hours, to resolve Year 2000 compliance issues relating to
third-party database or operating system integration. In limited cases where a
customer is required to upgrade its third-party database or third-party
operating system for Year 2000 compliance of these third-party products, a minor
update of the R/3 System may be required to integrate it properly with such
third-party products.
The Industry Specific Products and independent business solutions have been
designed and developed to be Year 2000 compliant, and have been or are being
tested internally by the Company to verify that such software products are Year
2000 compliant.
The SAP Software Products, including the Systems, were developed to
function directly with database software, computer operating systems and other
complementary computer software and hardware products developed and maintained
by independent third-party vendors. While such independent vendors may provide
information with respect to the Year 2000 compliance of their respective
products, the Company has not tested such third-party products to verify that
they are Year 2000 compliant.
Except as set forth above, the Company does not expect any Year 2000
compliance issues to arise related to the Systems or the other SAP Software
Products. However, there can be no assurance that the Systems, the other SAP
Software Products or complementary third-party products that interact with SAP
Software Products will operate properly in the Year 2000. Such failure of the
Systems, the other SAP Software Products or complementary third-party products
to be Year 2000 compliant could have a material adverse effect on the Company's
business, financial condition, results of operations or cash flows. See "Item 9.
Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of
Operations -- Year 2000 Compliance."
EURO CURRENCY
Effective January 1, 1999, the euro was introduced in the 11 member states
of the European Union currently participating in the EMU as a common legal
currency among those states for "paperless" transactions, pending the
substitution of euro bank notes and coins for the national currencies of the
participating member states between January 1, 2002 and July 1, 2002. Effective
July 1, 2002, the euro will be the official legal tender for the participating
member states, and the national currencies of those member states will be
withdrawn from circulation. As a result, computer software used by many
companies headquartered or maintaining a subsidiary in a participating EMU
country is expected to be euro-enabled, and in less than four years all
companies headquartered or maintaining a subsidiary in a participating EMU
country must be euro-enabled.
The transition to the euro involves changing budgetary, accounting and
fiscal systems in companies and public administration, as well as the
simultaneous handling of parallel currencies and conversion of legacy data. The
R/3 System and the R/2 System are designed to fully accommodate the
implementation of the euro. The Company's euro solution offers functionality
which converts existing R/3 System and R/2 System environments to the euro and
handles the dual currency phase-in (occurring between January 1, 1999 and July
1, 2002) by enabling applications to present values in both the euro and the
customer's national currency. The Company shipped euro-compliant software to its
customers ahead of the introduction of the euro, which meant that its customers
can use the euro as their transaction and local currency. Among the first to
benefit were all nine central banks of the German central states, which carried
out problem-free changeovers to the euro on January 3, 1999. Effective as of
January 1, 1999, the Company adopted the euro as its financial
13
<PAGE> 16
accounting and reporting currency. See "Item 9. -- Management's Discussion and
Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations -- Euro Currency."
RESEARCH AND DEVELOPMENT
In order to meet the changing requirements of its customers and to
incorporate improved technology, the Company must continually enhance, develop
and improve its business software solutions and services. Since its inception,
the Company has devoted significant resources to research and development.
Research and development expenses for the years ended December 31, 1998, 1997,
and 1996 were DM 1,121.7 million, DM 701.8 million and DM 505.5 million,
respectively. Research and development expenses as a percentage of sales
revenues were 13.3%, 11.7% and 13.6% for the years ended December 31, 1998, 1997
and 1996, respectively. During each of 1998, 1997 and 1996, the percentage of
total employees devoted to research and development was 25.0%, 22.4% and 22.4%,
respectively. A major focus of the research and development effort has been to
anticipate and use technological changes in the data processing industry to
develop new business solutions. The Company has also entered into agreements
with a number of leading computer software and hardware vendors and
telecommunications providers to cooperate to enable certain of the software and
hardware products produced by such vendors to be compatible with the Company's
products.
Significant areas of current and future research and development
expenditures include: (i) the mySAP.com Internet and the EnjoySAP initiatives;
(ii) developing enhancements to the R/3 System by adding new components and
expanding existing applications with broader functionality (including Internet
capabilities); (iii) developing and enhancing the New Dimension products; (iv)
developing and enhancing the Industry Specific Products; and (v) enhancing the
flexibility and openness of the R/3 System architecture through broader
integration capabilities with distributed business systems and through access to
business content provided by third parties.
The Company maintains research and development facilities in Germany, the
United States, Japan, India, France and Russia. The Company intends to open
additional research and development facilities in order to diversify the
locations of its research and development facilities, to maximize efficient use
of localized resources and to leverage access to industry expertise and
customers.
SERVICES
The Company has refocused and expanded its consulting, support and training
organization over the last several years. At December 31, 1998, approximately
46% of the Company's employees were committed to consulting, support and
training services. Release 4.0 of the R/3 System provides customers with broader
online access to information and new implementation tools to assist customers in
trouble-shooting as well as customizing the R/3 System to specific business
needs. Similar support services and tools are offered by the Company for other
SAP Software Products. Along with its integrated software products, the Company
offers, and charges separately for, consulting, support and training services
which include: (i) business consulting; (ii) implementation services; (iii)
customer employee training; and (iv) ongoing information services and
maintenance.
Business Consulting
After licensing a SAP Software Product to a customer, Company employees
with specialized knowledge advise the customer's "project team" and support the
customer in project planning, usage tests, analyses, organizational consulting,
system adaptation, system optimization, release change, system implementation
and interface setup.
Implementation Consulting Services
Over the past two years, the Company has undertaken several initiatives
designed to assist customers in achieving faster, less costly and more efficient
implementation of their R/3 System. AcceleratedSAP, designed to speed the
implementation of the R/3 System, became available in English to customers
worldwide
14
<PAGE> 17
in June 1997, and in 1998 the Company released French, German and Spanish
versions of AcceleratedSAP. The Company has released, and will continue to
release, industry-specific versions of AcceleratedSAP.
The Company has also established the TeamSAP initiative, which is designed
to coordinate the personnel, products and processes necessary for the
implementation of SAP Software Products. TeamSAP plays an ongoing role in
maintaining and continuously improving a customer's SAP Software Products even
after implementation. As part of the TeamSAP initiative, the Company certifies
third-party hardware and software vendors involved in the implementation of SAP
Software Products. The Company delivers its SAP GoingLive Check and SAP Early
Watch services to facilitate implementation and efficient utilization of the
Company's solutions.
Training of Customers' Employees
For successful implementation of SAP Software Products, knowledge of their
scope and functionality is essential. The Company has expanded and enhanced its
training services and considers its training services to be a strategic element
of its core business.
Generally, the Company focuses on training project team members of its
customers. Project team members typically train end-users, frequently with the
support of the Company and its implementation partners. The Company offers
training at 85 training facilities worldwide. Training is also provided at
customer locations, at the option of the customer.
The Company has expended substantial resources to expand its training
curriculum, to employ technology to enhance the effectiveness of its training
services and to offer more flexibility in the delivery of its training services.
The Company offers R/3 System training for project teams and end-users, and has
begun to offer additional training services relating to Industry Specific
Products and certain third-party complementary software. The Company has also
expanded its training services to include workshops for customers and for
partners addressing business functions as they relate to SAP Software Products.
To enhance the effectiveness of training, the Company has developed new
technologies such as interactive computer-based training modules and direct
customer access to an R/3 System information database. In order to offer its
customers more flexibility in training, the Company offers its customers
"portable classrooms" which permit training to be accomplished at customers' or
other designated locations, and it is planning to enhance its Internet-
accessible training components.
Information Services and Maintenance
The Company performs maintenance services which provide the customer with
technical support, including telephone hotline and remote online support for the
Company's products, assistance in resolving problems, the provision of user
documentation, updates for software products, and new releases, versions and
correction levels. The Company also provides its customers with an online
software system supported in a "bulletin board" format, permitting customers to
monitor the progress of their requests for assistance, to access information
about the solutions provided to other customers and to obtain information such
as release planning, application descriptions, Company publications and training
course dates. SAP EarlyWatch provides a worldwide remote monitoring and
diagnosis service for the R/3 System. Access to information about the Company
and its solutions are available on the Company's homepage on the Web, which is
found at "www.SAP.com." Portions of SAPNet, the Company's company-wide intranet,
are accessible by customers, partners and vendors of the Company.
As part of the maintenance for SAP Software Products, each customer is
provided with a telephone hotline number which project team members can use to
ask questions or to receive assistance when experiencing difficulties with SAP
Software Products. Trained personnel are available 24 hours per day, seven days
per week. If a customer is experiencing difficulties which cannot be solved over
the telephone, the customer may "dial-in" its organization's computer system to
provide the Company's technicians with online access to the customer's computer
system.
15
<PAGE> 18
MARKETING AND DISTRIBUTION
The Company seeks to market its solutions to a broadening customer base. In
implementing its marketing strategy, the Company has expanded its distribution
channels to meet the increased demand for its products and services. The Company
markets its products and services through its direct sales organization as well
as through certain indirect distribution channels.
Direct Sales Organizations
In Germany, the Company markets its products and services primarily through
its own direct sales and support force. The Company's primary sales and support
groups are based in the Company's headquarters in Walldorf and in field offices
located in Berlin, Hamburg and Hannover and in suburban Munich and Dusseldorf.
Outside of Germany, the Company primarily utilizes its network of approximately
55 operating subsidiaries to market and distribute its products and services.
Most of the subsidiaries have entered into license agreements with the Company
pursuant to which the subsidiary acquires the right to sublicense the Company's
products to customers within a specific territory and agrees to provide primary
support to those customers. Under these agreements, the subsidiaries retain a
certain percentage of the revenues generated by the sublicensing activity. In
certain countries, including Greece, Saudi Arabia and Turkey, the Company has
established distribution agreements with independent resellers rather than with
subsidiaries.
In late 1998, the Company reoriented its operations (including its direct
sales organization) to the following six Industry Sectors dedicated to providing
complete business solutions for specified industries: (i) process industries;
(ii) discrete manufacturing; (iii) fast-moving consumer goods; (iv) utilities
and communication; (v) financial services and service providers; and (vi) public
sector. These Industry Sectors will be responsible for the entire sales,
delivery and implementation process with their respective customers.
Indirect Distribution Channels
The Company has developed an independent sales and support force through
the establishment of value-added resellers who assume responsibility for the
implementation and support of SAP Software Products licensed by them, including
ongoing telephone hotline support. The Company provides these value-added
resellers with product information, a project demonstration system license, a
second tier of customer hotline support and certain other product and services
resources, including, for a separate fee, Company consultants. The value-added
resellers primarily market SAP Software Products to smaller-sized businesses
(i.e., generally those with annual revenues below U.S.$200 million per year) not
currently serviced by the Company's direct sales force. In addition, the Company
has entered into strategic alliances with certain major systems integration
firms, telecommunications firms and computer hardware providers to offer certain
SAP Software Products to medium- and smaller-sized companies as a component of
outsourcing offerings.
COMPETITIVE ENVIRONMENT
The Company competes with other companies engaged in the research,
development and marketing of standard business application software and
associated applications development tools, decision support products and
services. This market is intensely competitive. The Company has global, regional
and local competitors. Some of the Company's competitors and many of the
Company's potential competitors are involved in a wider range of business, and
some competitors and potential competitors have a larger installed customer base
for their products and services or have significantly greater financial,
technical, marketing and other resources than the Company. While the Company
believes it is well positioned to compete successfully in its market, there can
be no assurance that the Company will be able to compete successfully. See "Item
9: Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of
Operations -- Factors That May Affect Future Results and Market Price of
Stock -- Competitive Environment; Rapid Technological Change."
16
<PAGE> 19
INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY, PROPRIETARY RIGHTS AND LICENSES
The Company relies on a combination of the protections provided by
applicable trade secret, copyright, patent and trademark laws, license and
non-disclosure agreements and technical measures to establish and protect its
rights in its software products. See "Item 9: Management's Discussion and
Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations -- Factors That May
Affect Future Results and Market Price of Stock -- Dependence on Proprietary
Technology."
The Company generally licenses its products to customers on a
"right-to-use" basis pursuant to a perpetual license. These license agreements
are generally in standard form, although each license is individually negotiated
and may contain variations. The licenses generally restrict the use of SAP
Software Products to authorized users, which may include (usually on a
screen-only basis) access by a customer's dealers, distributors and suppliers,
and prohibit a customer from disseminating or distributing SAP Software Products
to any unauthorized person. The licenses are generally non-transferable or, if
transferable, the transfer is subject to the Company's reasonable approval. SAP
Software Products are licensed to end-users not only by the Company but also by
independent third-party distributors. Although the Company seeks to establish
the conditions under which such distributors license its products, there can be
no assurance that such distributors do not use other conditions. Some of the SAP
Software Products contain third-party intellectual property that the Company
licenses or otherwise acquires.
SAP Software Products are generally provided to end-users in object code
and certain source code. In addition, licensed end-users of SAP Software
Products can be beneficiaries of a master source code escrow for its products,
pursuant to which the source code will be released to end-users upon the
occurrence of certain events, such as the commencement of bankruptcy or
insolvency proceedings by or against the Company, or certain material breaches
of the license agreement by the Company. The Company has the right to object to
the release of source code in any such circumstance, and to submit the matter to
dispute resolution procedures. In the event of any release of the source code
from escrow, the end-user's license is limited to use of the source code to
maintain, support and customize SAP Software Products.
The Company actively pursues trademark registrations in countries in which
SAP Software Products are licensed and used and in which its services are
performed. The Company believes that, except as disclosed below in this
paragraph, the trademarks which are material to its business are registered in
the countries in which the Company has significant sales. SAS Institute, Inc.
("SAS"), a U.S. software company located in North Carolina, has opposed SAP's
effort to register the "SAP" trademarks in the United States, claiming a
likelihood of confusion between the SAP trademarks and SAS's previously
registered trademarks. SAP disagrees with this contention and, in addition, has
filed counterclaims relating to certain registered trademarks held by SAS. While
there can be no assurance that the Company will be successful in its efforts to
register the SAP trademarks in the United States, the Company believes that an
adverse determination in this matter will not have a material adverse effect
upon the Company's business, financial condition, results of operations or cash
flows. See "Item 3. Legal Proceedings."
EMPLOYEES
At December 31, 1998, the Company employed 19,308 persons worldwide, of
which 10,960 (56.8%) were in the Europe, Middle East and Africa ("EMEA") region,
5,984 (31.0%) were in the Americas region and 2,364 (12.2%) were in Asia-Pacific
region. Of such employees, 9,570 (49.6%) were in customer service and support,
4,818 (25.0%) were in research and development, 3,503 (18.1%) were in sales and
marketing and 1,164 (6.0%) were in general and administrative. Sales revenues
per average employee equaled DM 488,674 for the year ended December 31, 1998,
down from DM 520,632 for the year ended December 31, 1997.
None of the Company's employees is subject to a collective bargaining
agreement. The Company has never experienced a work stoppage and believes that
its employee relations are excellent.
The Company's success is dependent upon its ability to attract and retain
highly skilled managerial, research and development, technical (e.g., consulting
and customer support) and marketing personnel. There can be no assurance that
the Company will be successful in attracting and retaining such personnel, and
the
17
<PAGE> 20
failure to attract and retain such personnel could have a material adverse
effect on the Company's business, financial condition, results of operations or
cash flows. See "Item 9: Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial
Condition and Results of Operations -- Factors That May Affect Future Results
and Market Price of Stock -- Hiring and Retention of Employees."
ITEM 2. DESCRIPTION OF PROPERTY.
The Company's principal administrative, marketing and sales, training,
customer support and research and development facilities are located in
Walldorf, Germany, 60 miles south of Frankfurt. The Company owns its principal
Walldorf facilities, which are currently being expanded. The Company is in the
process of constructing a new U.S. headquarters, which it will own, for its
Americas regional operations in Newtown Square, Pennsylvania. The building is
expected to be completed in June 1999 and will be approximately 400,000 square
feet. The Company owns sufficient undeveloped land to expand the facilities in
Newtown Square as required.
The location of each of the Company's other facilities in excess of 40,000
square feet, all of which are leased (unless otherwise indicated), is set forth
below:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
GERMANY UNITED STATES AUSTRIA BRAZIL
- ------- ------------- ------- ------
<S> <C> <C> <C>
Alsbach (owned) Newtown Square, PA Vienna Sao Paulo
Munich Lester, PA
Ratingen Palo Alto, CA
St. Ingbert (owned) Waltham, MA
St. Leon-Rot (owned) Chicago, IL
Foster City, CA
Tinicum, PA
Atlanta, GA
CZECH REPUBLIC CANADA FRANCE ITALY
- -------------------- ------------------- -------------- -------------------
Prague North York, Ontario Paris Agrate Brianza
JAPAN THE NETHERLANDS SINGAPORE SOUTH AFRICA
- -------------------- ------------------- -------------- -------------------
Tokyo 's-Hertogenbosch Singapore Johannesburg
SPAIN SWEDEN SWITZERLAND UNITED KINGDOM
- -------------------- ------------------- -------------- -------------------
Madrid Stockholm Biel (owned) Feltham (owned)
Manchester
Waybridge
London
Hayes
</TABLE>
The Company believes that its facilities are in good operating condition
and adequate for their present and anticipated usage.
18
<PAGE> 21
ITEM 3. LEGAL PROCEEDINGS.
On September 8, 1992, SAS initiated proceedings with the U.S. Patent and
Trademark Office in Washington, D.C. in opposition to SAP's application to
register the "SAP" trademark. SAS argues in its petition that there is a
likelihood of confusion by consumers between its trademark, "SAS," and the "SAP"
trademark. SAP disagrees with this contention and, in addition, has filed
counterclaims relating to certain registered trademarks held by SAS. To date,
the SAS opposition action as well as SAP's counterclaims are pending with the
Trademark Trial and Appeal Board. While there can be no assurance that SAP will
be successful in its efforts to register the "SAP" trademark in the United
States, the Company believes that an adverse determination in this matter would
not have a material adverse effect on the Company's business, financial
condition, results of operations or cash flows.
In 1994, the Company sponsored the 1994 Program (see "Item 12. Options to
Purchase Securities from Registrant or Subsidiaries -- 1994 Bonds"). In late
July 1996, a lawsuit was filed by a German shareholders' advocacy group,
Schutzgemeinschaft der Kleinaktionare e.V. ("SdK"), against SAP in the trial
court in Heidelberg, Germany. The SdK was seeking the voidance of two
resolutions of SAP's 1996 annual general shareholders' meeting regarding the
general approval of the Executive Board's actions during the previous business
year (Entlastung) and the authorization of the Executive Board to convert the
1994 Bonds (see "Item 12. Options to Purchase Securities from Registrant or
Subsidiaries -- 1994 Bonds") from registered to bearer form. In its complaint,
the SdK alleged, among other things, that: (i) the parties to the Pooling
Agreement (see "Item 4. Control of Registrant") constituted an entity
controlling SAP pursuant to the provisions of the German Stock Corporation Act;
(ii) the shareholders of SAP were misled by its Executive Board in connection
with the resolution authorizing the Executive Board to convert the 1994 Bonds
from registered to bearer form and the authorization for such conversion allowed
principal shareholders and Executive Board members to profit from such
conversion at the expense of the minority shareholders and Company employees;
and (iii) the Executive Board did not completely answer shareholders' questions
at the 1996 annual general shareholders' meeting and thereby violated its duty
to provide information. On September 24, 1997, the Heidelberg trial court
dismissed the suit. The SdK has since filed an appeal with the appeals court in
Karlsruhe, Germany. Arguments were made to the court and a decision is pending.
While there can be no assurance that SAP will be successful on appeal, SAP
believes that an adverse determination in this matter would not have a material
adverse effect on the Company's business, financial condition, results of
operations or cash flows.
In December 1996, certain employees of SAP became the subject of
independent insider trading investigations by the German Federal Supervisory
Office for Securities Trading (Bundesaufsichtsamt fur den Wertpapierhandel) and
the Frankfurt criminal prosecutor's office. In early September 1998, the
Frankfurt criminal prosecutor's office announced that its investigation into
alleged insider trading by two employees (including a member of the Executive
Board) and one former employee of the Company had been suspended on the
condition of payment (Einstellung gegen Auflage) pursuant to the German Criminal
Procedure Regulation (Stafprozessordnung). In early April 1999, the Frankfurt
criminal prosecutors office dismissed the criminal proceedings against 28 other
persons. Investigations by the Frankfurt criminal prosecutors office with
respect to three additional persons, as well the investigation of the Federal
Supervisory Office for Securities Trading, remain pending in this matter. In
addition, the Federal Supervisory Office for Securities Trading announced in
January 1999 that it had initiated an investigation regarding possible insider
trading prior to the release on January 5, 1999 of the Company's preliminary
results for 1998. To the Company's knowledge, the Company has never been the
target of any such investigations. The Company is cooperating with all such
investigations. Although the outcome of such investigations and claims cannot be
predicted with certainty, the Company believes that any resulting adverse
judgments against one or more of the persons under investigation would not have
a material adverse effect on the Company's business, financial condition,
results of operations or cash flows.
On August 24, 1998, the bankruptcy trustee for FoxMeyer Corporation,
FoxMeyer Drug Company ("FoxMeyer"), Healthcare Transportation System, Inc.,
Merchandise Coordinator Services Corporation, FoxMeyer Software, Inc. and Health
Mart, Inc. filed a complaint with the U.S. District Court in Delaware against
SAP and its U.S. subsidiary, SAP America, Inc. The complaint alleges that
FoxMeyer, a pharmaceu-
19
<PAGE> 22
tical wholesaler, licensed the R/3 System, but that the software failed to
perform properly and allegedly damaged FoxMeyer's business, and that such
failure was a significant factor contributing to FoxMeyer's bankruptcy in 1996
and its subsequent liquidation. The complaint asserts claims of breach of
contract, breach of express and implied warranties, fraud, negligent
misrepresentation, negligence and promissory estoppel, and requests damages in
an amount in excess of $500 million, punitive damages, court costs, expenses and
reasonable attorneys' fees, pre-judgment and post-judgment interest, and such
other relief as the court deems just and proper. On October 20, 1998, SAP and
SAP America, Inc. filed a motion to dismiss the complaint and filed a separate
motion to strike the bankruptcy trustee's statement of its damage claim. The
bankruptcy trustee has opposed the motion to dismiss and has indicated a
willingness to enter into a stipulation to amend the complaint to resolve the
objections to the statement of its damage claim. At the same time the complaint
was filed by the bankruptcy trustee in federal court, the bankruptcy trustee
commenced an arbitration against SAP America, Inc. with the American Arbitration
Association in New York asserting essentially the same claims asserted in the
complaint filed in federal court. The parties have agreed to stay the
arbitration proceedings indefinitely, pending the resolution of the federal
court action. While the ultimate outcome of these matters cannot presently be
determined with certainty, the Company believes that the bankruptcy trustee's
claims in the federal court and arbitration actions are without merit. The
Company is vigorously defending against the claims, and believes that these
actions are not likely to have a material adverse effect on its business,
financial condition, results of operations or cash flows.
The Company is also subject to other legal proceedings and claims, either
asserted or unasserted, which arise in the ordinary course of business. Although
the outcome of these proceedings and claims cannot be predicted with certainty,
management does not believe that the outcome of any of these matters will have a
material adverse effect on the Company's business, financial condition, results
of operations or cash flows. Any litigation, however, involves potential risk
and potentially significant litigation costs, and therefore there can be no
assurance that any litigation which is now pending or which may arise in the
future would not have such a material adverse effect on the Company's business,
financial condition, results of operations or cash flows.
ITEM 4. CONTROL OF REGISTRANT.
The share capital of SAP consists of the Ordinary Shares and the Preference
Shares. At April 15, 1999, the issued share capital of SAP amounted to EUR
267,314,897, consisting of 61,000,000 Ordinary Shares and 43,564,499 Preference
Shares.
The Ordinary Shares and the Preference Shares are issued only in bearer
form. Accordingly, SAP generally has no way of determining who its shareholders
are or how many shares a particular shareholder owns. However, under Section 21
of the German Securities Trading Act (Wertpapierhandelsgesetz) holders of voting
securities of a German company admitted to official trading on a stock exchange
within the European Union or the European Economic Area are obligated to notify
a company of the level of their holdings whenever such holdings reach, exceed or
fall below certain thresholds, which have been set at 5%, 10%, 25%, 50% and 75%
of a company's outstanding voting rights.
To its knowledge, SAP is not owned or controlled directly or indirectly by
any government or by any other corporation. The following table sets forth
certain information regarding the beneficial ownership of the Ordinary Shares
and the Preference Shares at April 15, 1999 of: (i) each person or group known
by SAP to own beneficially 10% or more of the outstanding Ordinary Shares or
Preference Shares; and (ii) the beneficial ownership of all members of the
Supervisory Board and all members of the Executive Board, as a group, in each
case as reported to SAP by such persons.
20
<PAGE> 23
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
ORDINARY SHARES PREFERENCE SHARES
BENEFICIALLY OWNED BENEFICIALLY OWNED
-------------------------- ------------------------
% OF % OF
PRINCIPAL SHAREHOLDERS NUMBER OUTSTANDING NUMBER OUTSTANDING
---------------------- ----------- ----------- --------- -----------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Dietmar Hopp
Chairman, Supervisory Board.............. 14,892,000(1) 24.4% -- --
Dietmar Hopp Stiftung GmbH(2).............. 9,339,100 15.3% -- --
Prof. Dr. h.c. Hasso Plattner
Co-Speaker, Executive Board.............. 12,513,500(3) 20.5% * *
Hasso Plattner GmbH & Co.
Beteiligungs-KG(4)....................... 10,413,500 17.1% -- --
Hasso Plattner Forderstiftung, gGmbH(5).... 2,100,000 3.4% -- --
Dr. h.c. Klaus Tschira
Member, Supervisory Board................ 11,592,350(6) 19.0% * *
Klaus Tschira Stiftung gGmbH(7)............ 7,051,600 11.6% -- --
Pooling Shareholders(8).................... 30,500,100 50.0002% ** **
Executive Board Members and Supervisory
Board Members, as a group (17 persons)... 39,001,359 63.937% 2,120,783 4.9%
</TABLE>
- ---------------
* Less than 10%.
** Not applicable. See note (8) below.
(1) Includes: (i) 3,832,400 Ordinary Shares owned in the aggregate by Mr. Hopp's
immediate family; and (ii) 9,339,100 Ordinary Shares owned by Dietmar Hopp
Stiftung GmbH, as to which Mr. Hopp exercises sole voting and dispositive
power. Mr. Hopp disclaims beneficial ownership with respect to such Ordinary
Shares owned by his immediate family. Mr. Hopp is a party to the Pooling
Agreement described in note (8) below.
(2) Effective January 1, 1996, Mr. Hopp transferred 9,339,100 Ordinary Shares to
the Dietmar Hopp Stiftung GmbH, a non-profit foundation. The Dietmar Hopp
Stiftung GmbH is a party to the Pooling Agreement described in note (8)
below.
(3) Consists of: (i) 10,413,500 Ordinary Shares owned by Hasso Plattner GmbH &
Co. Beteiligungs-KG, as to which Dr. Plattner exercises sole voting and
dispositive power; and (ii) 2,100,000 Ordinary Shares owned by Hasso
Plattner Forderstiftung, gGmbH, as to which Dr. Plattner exercises sole
voting and dispositive power. Effective as of December 7, 1998, Dr. Plattner
was no longer a party to the Pooling Agreement described in note (8) below,
and the Hasso Plattner GmbH & Co. Beteiligungs-KG and the Hasso Plattner
Forderstiftung, gGmbH became parties to such Pooling Agreement.
(4) Effective December 7, 1998, Dr. Plattner transferred 10,413,500 Ordinary
Shares to the Hasso Plattner GmbH & Co. Beteiligungs-KG, an investment
partnership. Dr. Plattner owns a 100% partnership interest in and controls
the Hasso Plattner GmbH & Co. Beteiligungs-KG. The Hasso Plattner GmbH & Co.
Beteiligungs-KG is a party to the Pooling Agreement described in note (8)
below, and 7,582,500 such Ordinary Shares are subject to the Pooling
Agreement described in note (8) below.
(5) Effective December 7, 1998, Dr. Plattner transferred 2,100,000 Ordinary
Shares to the Hasso Plattner Forderstiftung, gGmbH, a non-profit foundation.
The Hasso Plattner Forderstiftung, gGmbH is a party to the Pooling Agreement
described in note (8) below.
(6) Includes: (i) 705,000 Ordinary Shares owned in the aggregate by Dr.
Tschira's immediate family; and (ii) 7,051,600 Ordinary Shares owned by
Klaus Tschira Stiftung gGmbH, as to which Dr. Tschira exercises shared
voting and dispositive power. Dr. Tschira disclaims beneficial ownership
with respect to such Ordinary Shares owned by his immediate family. Dr.
Tschira is a party to the Pooling Agreement described in note (8) below.
(7) Effective January 1, 1996, Dr. Tschira transferred 7,051,600 Ordinary Shares
to the Klaus Tschira Stiftung gGmbH, a non-profit foundation. The Klaus
Tschira Stiftung gGmbH is a party to the Pooling Agreement described in note
(8) below.
(8) The Company has been informed that certain shareholders of SAP (the "Pooling
Shareholders"), who in the aggregate beneficially hold 38,997,850 Ordinary
Shares (which represent 63.931% of the outstanding Ordinary Shares) have
entered into a pooling agreement (the "Pooling Agreement") with respect to
Ordinary Shares owned by them that constitute in the aggregate 50.0002% of
the outstanding Ordinary Shares (the "Pooled Shares"). Each of the
individual Pooling Shareholders disclaims beneficial ownership with respect
to Ordinary Shares owned by immediate family members. Pursuant to the
Pooling Agreement, the Pooling Shareholders have agreed to vote their Pooled
Shares jointly with respect to certain matters coming before SAP's general
shareholders' meetings, including the election of the members of the
Supervisory Board elected by SAP's shareholders (who comprise 50% of the
members of the Supervisory Board). The Pooling Agreement contains
restrictions on the transfer of the Pooled Shares to non-Pooling
Shareholders and provides for a right of first refusal in the event a
Pooling Shareholder wishes to transfer its Pooled Shares. Any Pooling
Shareholder may terminate its participation in the Pooling Agreement by
giving 12 months' notice prior to the end of a calendar year, with effect at
the earliest on December 31, 1999. Effective October 12, 1998, the Pooling
Agreement was amended to provide that, notwithstanding the restrictions on
transfer contained in the Pooling Agreement, transfers of Ordinary Shares
are permitted: (i) among Dietmar Hopp, one of his immediate family members
and the Dietmar Hopp Stiftung GmbH, provided that the total number of Pooled
Shares held by such persons does not fall below 11,861,600; and (ii) between
Dr. Tschira and the Klaus
21
<PAGE> 24
Tschira Stiftung gGmbH, provided that the total number of Pooled Shares held
by such persons does not fall below 8,956,000. Effective December 7, 1998,
the Pooling Agreement was amended to provide that Dr. Plattner was no longer
a party thereto and that the Hasso Plattner GmbH & Co. Beteiligungs-KG and
the Hasso Plattner Forderstiftung gGmbH became parties thereto.
ITEM 5. NATURE OF TRADING MARKET.
GENERAL
The Ordinary Shares and the Preference Shares are listed on each of the
Frankfurt Stock Exchange, the Berlin Stock Exchange and the Stuttgart Stock
Exchange. The Ordinary Shares are also listed on each of the Geneva Stock
Exchange and the Zurich Stock Exchange. In addition, the Ordinary Shares and the
Preference Shares are traded in the over-the-counter markets (Freiverkehr) in
each of Dusseldorf, Munich, Bremen, Hamburg and Hannover. The principal trading
market for the Ordinary Shares and the Preference Shares is the Frankfurt Stock
Exchange. The Ordinary Shares and the Preference Shares are issued only in
bearer form.
Effective August 3, 1998, the ADSs were listed on the New York Stock
Exchange ("NYSE"). The ADSs trade on the NYSE under the symbol SAP. The
Depositary for the ADSs is The Bank of New York ("Depositary") pursuant to the
Amended and Restated Deposit Agreement between SAP and the Depositary (the
"Deposit Agreement").
TRADING ON THE FRANKFURT STOCK EXCHANGE
The Frankfurt Stock Exchange is the largest of the eight German stock
exchanges. The aggregate annual turnover of the Frankfurt Stock Exchange in 1998
of DM 8.3 trillion (based on the Frankfurt Stock Exchange's practice of
separately recording the sale and purchase components involved in any trade) for
both equity and debt instruments made it the fourth largest stock exchange in
the world behind the NYSE, the Nasdaq Stock Market and the London Stock Exchange
in terms of turnover. At December 31, 1998, the equity securities of 1,958
corporations, including 1,418 foreign corporations, were traded on the Frankfurt
Stock Exchange.
Prices are continuously quoted on the Frankfurt Stock Exchange floor each
business day between 8:30 a.m. and 5:00 p.m. Central European Time for the
Ordinary Shares and the Preference Shares as well as for other actively traded
securities. Prices for stocks are quoted continuously. In addition, an official
daily quote (Einheitspreis) is determined for all shares by auction around
mid-session of each trading day. Such official daily quote applies to smaller
stock transactions. Markets in listed securities are generally of the auction
type, but listed securities also change hands in inter-bank dealer markets off
the Frankfurt Stock Exchange. Price formation on the Frankfurt Stock Exchange is
determined by open outcry by state-appointed specialists (amtliche Kursmakler)
who are themselves exchange members, but who do not, as a rule, deal with the
public. Transactions on the Frankfurt Stock Exchange are settled on the second
business day following trading. Transactions off the Frankfurt Stock Exchange
(which may be the case if one of the parties to the transaction is foreign) are
generally also settled on the second business day following trading (although a
different period may be agreed upon by the parties). A quotation can be
suspended by the Frankfurt Stock Exchange if orderly stock exchange trading is
temporarily endangered or if a suspension is necessary in order to protect the
public interest. Under German law, customers' orders to buy or sell listed
securities must be executed on a stock exchange unless the customer gives other
specific instructions for an individual transaction or an indeterminate number
of transactions.
The Ordinary Shares and the Preference Shares are traded on XETRA, a
computerized trading system of the Frankfurt Stock Exchange. The trading hours
for XETRA are from 8:30 a.m. until 5:15 p.m. on each business day. Securities
traded on XETRA include the securities of the 30 companies comprising the
Deutsche Aktienindex ("DAX"), the leading index of trading on the Frankfurt
Stock Exchange, as well as other high-volume shares, equity warrants, government
obligations and government agency securities. The Preference Shares have been
included in the DAX since September 15, 1995.
22
<PAGE> 25
The table below sets forth, for the periods indicated, the high and low
closing sales prices for the Preference Shares on the Frankfurt Stock Exchange,
as reported by the Deutsche Borse AG, together with the closing highs and lows
of the DAX. See "Item 8. Selected Financial Data -- Exchange Rates."
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
PRICE PER
PREFERENCE SHARE(1) DAX(2)
---------------------- ----------------------
HIGH LOW HIGH LOW
--------- --------- --------- ---------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C>
1997
First Quarter....................... DM 286.00 DM 210.90 DM3460.59 DM2848.77
Second Quarter...................... DM 363.20 DM 268.50 DM3805.29 DM3215.24
Third Quarter....................... DM 472.00 DM 358.00 DM4438.93 DM3819.85
Fourth Quarter...................... DM 596.00 DM 479.10 DM4347.24 DM3567.22
1998
First Quarter....................... DM 807.00 DM 562.00 DM5102.35 DM4087.28
Second Quarter...................... DM1230.00 DM 759.50 DM5915.13 DM5018.67
Third Quarter....................... DM1315.00 DM 783.00 DM6171.43 DM4433.87
Fourth Quarter...................... DM 905.00 DM 615.00 DM5121.48 DM3896.08
1999
First Quarter....................... EUR390.00(3) EUR269.00(3) DM5443.62 DM4678.72
Second Quarter (through May 7,
1999)............................ EUR364.50(3) EUR272.00(3) DM5393.11 DM4914.59
</TABLE>
- ---------------
(1) Effective June 16, 1998, SAP's share capital was converted to no nominal
value shares. For periods set forth in this table prior to June 16, 1998,
the Preference Share price data assumes that each DM 50 Preference Share
equals ten DM 5 Preference Shares.
(2) The DAX is a continuously updated, capital-weighted performance index of 30
German blue chip companies. In principle, the shares included in the DAX
were selected on the basis of their stock exchange turnover and the issuer's
market capitalization. Adjustments to the DAX are made for capital changes,
subscription rights and dividends.
(3) Commencing on January 1, 1999, the prices for Preference Shares traded on
the Frankfurt Stock Exchange are denominated in euros.
The average daily volumes of Preference Shares traded on the Frankfurt
Stock Exchange during the years 1997 and 1998 were approximately DM 321.6
million and DM 901.0 million, respectively. These numbers are based on total
yearly turnover statistics quoted by the Deutsche Borse AG.
On May 7, 1999, the closing sales price per Preference Share on the
Frankfurt Stock Exchange was EUR 349.00, as reported by the Deutsche Borse AG.
TRADING ON THE NYSE
At May 7, 1999, based upon information provided by the Depositary, there
were 30,188,931 ADSs, representing approximately 2,515,744 Preference Shares,
held of record by 612 registered holders. The Preference Shares underlying such
ADSs represented 5.8% of the then-outstanding Preference Shares. Because the
Preference Shares are issued in bearer form only, the Company is unable to
determine the number of Preference Shares directly held by persons with U.S.
addresses.
The table below sets forth, for the periods indicated, the high and low
closing sales prices for the ADSs on the NYSE as reported on the NYSE Composite
Tape.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
PRICE PER ADS
-------------------------
HIGH LOW
----------- ----------
(IN U.S. $)
<S> <C> <C>
1998
Third Quarter (commencing August 3, 1998).......... 61.50 38.94
Fourth Quarter..................................... 44.88 31.00
1999
First Quarter...................................... 37.00 23.81
Second Quarter (through May 7, 1999)............... 32.75 24.63
</TABLE>
23
<PAGE> 26
On May 7, 1999, the closing sales price per ADS on the NYSE as reported on
the NYSE Composite Tape was $31.88.
ITEM 6. EXCHANGE CONTROLS AND OTHER LIMITATIONS AFFECTING SECURITY HOLDERS.
The euro and the Mark are fully convertible currencies. At the present
time, Germany does not restrict the export or import of capital, except for
investments in certain areas in accordance with applicable resolutions adopted
by the United Nations and the European Union. However, for statistical purposes
only, every individual or corporation residing in Germany ("Resident") must
report to the German Central Bank (Deutsche Bundesbank), subject only to certain
immaterial exceptions, any payment received from or made to an individual or a
corporation resident outside of Germany ("Non-resident") if such payment exceeds
DM 5,000 (approximately EUR 2,556) (or the equivalent in a foreign currency). In
addition, Residents must report any claims against or any liabilities payable to
Non-residents if such claims or liabilities, in the aggregate, exceed DM 3
million (approximately EUR 1.5 million) (or the equivalent in a foreign
currency) during any one month. Residents must also report any direct investment
outside Germany if such investment exceeds DM 100,000 (approximately EUR
50,200). For a discussion of the treatment of remittance of dividends, interest
or other payments to Non-resident holders of ADSs or Preference Shares, see
"Item 7. Taxation -- German Taxation of Holders of ADSs or Preference Shares."
There are no limitations imposed by German law or the Articles of
Association (Satzung) of SAP (the "Articles of Association") on the right of
Non-residents or foreign holders to hold the ADSs or the Preference Shares.
Holders of Preference Shares are generally not entitled to vote at general
meetings of SAP's shareholders. Under the German Stock Corporation Act
(Aktiengesetz), the holders of Preference Shares: (i) are entitled to vote on
matters affecting their preferential rights, such as changes in the rate of the
preferential dividend or the issuance of additional Preference Shares or other
share capital that rank equal to or above the Preference Shares; and (ii) will
have the same voting rights as the holders of Ordinary Shares if (x) the
preferential dividend is not paid in full for a year and (y) the shortfall is
not made up in the following year or the following year's preferential dividend
is not paid in full. The voting rights will remain effective until the shortfall
and all preferential dividends that fall due prior to the payment of the
shortfall have been paid in full. Any vote taken on matters adversely affecting
the preferential rights of the holders of Preference Shares requires a majority
of 75% of votes cast in the meeting of holders of Preference Shares at which the
vote is taken.
ITEM 7. TAXATION.
GENERAL
The following discussion summarizes certain German tax and U.S. federal
income tax consequences of the acquisition, ownership and disposition of ADSs or
Preference Shares. Although the following discussion does not purport to
describe all of the tax considerations that may be relevant to a prospective
purchaser of ADSs or Preference Shares, such discussion: (i) summarizes the
material German tax consequences to a holder of ADSs or Preference Shares; and
(ii) summarizes the material U.S. federal income tax consequences to a U.S.
Holder (as hereinafter defined) of ADSs or Preference Shares that is not
resident (in the case of an individual) or domiciled (in the case of a legal
entity), as the case may be, in Germany (in either case, referred to herein as
"not resident" or as a "non-resident") and does not have a permanent
establishment or fixed base located in Germany through which such ADSs or
Preference Shares are held.
GERMAN TAXATION OF HOLDERS OF ADSs OR PREFERENCE SHARES
The following discussion generally summarizes the principal German tax
consequences of the acquisition, ownership and disposition of ADSs or Preference
Shares to a beneficial owner. This summary is based on the laws that are in
force at the date hereof and is subject to any changes in German law, or in any
applicable double taxation conventions to which Germany is a party, occurring
after such date. It is also based, in part, on representations of the Depositary
and assumes that each obligation of the Deposit Agreement and any related
agreements will be performed in accordance with its terms.
24
<PAGE> 27
The following discussion is not a complete analysis or listing of all
potential German tax consequences to holders of ADSs or Preference Shares and
does not address all tax considerations that may be relevant to all categories
of potential purchasers or owners of ADSs or Preference Shares. In particular,
the following discussion does not address the tax consequences for: (i) a person
that owns, directly or indirectly, 10% or more of SAP's shares; (ii) a holding
which forms part of a German permanent establishment of a person not resident in
Germany; or (iii) a person that is resident in Germany and at the same time
resident in another country. PROSPECTIVE PURCHASERS OF ADSS OR PREFERENCE SHARES
ARE URGED TO CONSULT THEIR OWN TAX ADVISORS CONCERNING THE OVERALL GERMAN TAX
CONSEQUENCES OF THE ACQUISITION, OWNERSHIP AND DISPOSITION THEREOF.
For purposes of applying German tax law and the double tax conventions to
which Germany is a party, a holder of ADSs will be treated as owning the
Preference Shares represented thereby.
German Taxation of Dividends
Under German domestic income tax laws, German corporations are required to
withhold tax on dividends in an amount equal to 25% of the gross amount paid to
resident and non-resident shareholders. A 5.5% surtax on the German withholding
tax is currently levied on dividend distributions paid by a German corporation,
such as SAP. The surtax equals 1.375% (5.5% x 25%) of the gross amount of a cash
dividend. Certain persons resident in Germany (e.g., qualifying investment funds
or tax-exempt organizations) may obtain a partial or full refund of such taxes.
For a holder of ADSs or Preference Shares that is resident in Germany,
according to German income tax law, dividends are subject to German income tax
or corporation tax. For such a holder, the taxable amount will be the sum of:
(i) the cash payment by SAP; (ii) the taxes withheld; and (iii) 3/7 of the sum
of (i) and (ii). Subject to certain conditions, the tax withheld and the
gross-up of 3/7 will be eligible for credit against the holder's income or
corporation tax. If the dividend is paid out of tax-exempt foreign income, there
will be neither the 3/7 gross-up of the income nor a credit for this amount. For
holders subject to German Trade Tax, such tax is also imposed on the dividends
received (including any gross-up).
Refund of German Tax to U.S. Holders
A partial refund of the 25% withholding tax equal to 10% of the gross
amount of the dividend and a full refund of the surtax can be obtained by a U.S.
Holder (as hereinafter defined) under the U.S.-German income tax treaty
(Convention between the Federal Republic of Germany and the United States of
America for the Avoidance of Double Taxation and the Prevention of Fiscal
Evasion with respect to taxes on Income (German Federal Law Gazette (BGBI.) 1991
II. 355)) (the "Treaty"). In addition, so long as the German imputation system
provides German resident individual shareholders with a tax credit for corporate
taxes with respect to dividends paid by German corporations, the Treaty provides
that U.S. Holders are entitled to a further refund equal to 5% of the gross
amount of the dividend. Thus, for each U.S.$100 of gross dividends paid by SAP
to a U.S. Holder, the dividends after partial refund of the 25% withholding tax
and a refund of the surtax under the Treaty will be subject to a German
withholding tax of U.S.$15. If the U.S. Holder also applies for the additional
5% refund, then the German withholding tax is effectively reduced to U.S.$10.
Thus, the cash received per U.S.$100 of gross dividends is U.S.$90 after refund
of German withholding tax from the German tax authorities.
To claim the refund of amounts withheld in excess of the Treaty rate, a
U.S. Holder must submit (either directly or, as described below, through the
Depositary) a claim for refund to the German tax authorities, with, in the case
of a direct claim, the original bank voucher (or certified copy thereof) issued
by the paying entity documenting the tax withheld, within four years from the
end of the calendar year in which the dividend is received. Claims for refund
are made on a special German claim for refund form, which must be filed with the
German tax authorities: Bundesamt fur Finanzen, 53221 Bonn, Germany. The German
claim for refund form may be obtained from the German tax authorities at the
same address where applications are filed, or from the Embassy of the Federal
Republic of Germany, 4645 Reservoir Road, N.W., Washington, D.C. 20007-1998.
25
<PAGE> 28
U.S. Holders must also submit to the German tax authorities certification
of their most recently filed U.S. federal income tax return (IRS Form 6166).
Certification is obtained from the office of the Director of the Internal
Revenue Service Center by filing a request for certification with the Internal
Revenue Service ("IRS"), AC/I-FIRPTA, DR 543, P.O. Box 16347, Tax Treaty
Division, Philadelphia, PA 19114-0447. Requests for certification are to be made
in writing and must include the U.S. Holder's name, social security number or
employer identification number, tax return form number, and tax period for which
certification is requested. This certification is valid for three years and need
only be resubmitted in a fourth year in the event of a subsequent application
for refund.
In accordance with arrangements under the Deposit Agreement, the Depositary
(or a custodian as its designated agent) holds the Preference Shares and
receives and distributes dividends to the U.S. Holders. The Depositary has
agreed, to the extent practicable, to perform administrative functions necessary
to obtain the refund of amounts withheld in excess of the Treaty rate for the
benefit of U.S. Holders who supply the necessary documentation.
Under the Deposit Agreement, the Depositary has agreed to send to the U.S.
Holders of ADSs a notice explaining how to claim a refund, the form required to
obtain the IRS Form 6166 certification and the German claim for refund form. The
notice will describe how to obtain the certification on IRS Form 6166. In order
to claim a refund, the U.S. Holder should deliver the certification provided to
it by the IRS to the Depositary along with the completed claim for refund form.
In the case of ADSs held through a broker or other financial intermediary, the
required documentation should be delivered to such broker or financial
intermediary for forwarding to the Depositary. In all other cases, the U.S.
Holders should deliver the required documentation directly to the Depositary.
The Depositary will file the required documentation with the German tax
authorities on behalf of the U.S. Holders.
The German tax authorities will issue the refunds, which will be
denominated in Marks, in the name of the Depositary. The Depositary will convert
the refunds into Dollars and issue corresponding refund checks to the U.S.
Holders or their brokers.
Refund of German Tax to Holders of ADSs or Preference Shares in Other Countries
A holder of ADSs or Preference Shares resident in a country other than
Germany or the United States that has a double taxation convention with Germany
may obtain a partial refund of German withholding taxes. Rates and procedures
may vary according to the applicable treaty. For details, such holders are urged
to consult their own tax advisors.
Taxation of Capital Gains
A capital gain derived from the sale or other disposition by a holder
resident in Germany of ADSs or Preference Shares is taxable if the ADSs or
Preference Shares are held as part of his or her trade or business or if the
ADSs or Preference Shares are sold within a period of one year after
acquisition.
A holder resident in a country other than Germany is not subject to German
income or corporation tax on the capital gain derived from the sale or other
disposition of ADSs or Preference Shares.
Other German Taxes
There are no German net worth, transfer, stamp or similar taxes on the
holding, purchase or sale of ADSs or Preference Shares.
German Estate and Gift Taxes
A transfer of ADSs or Preference Shares by gift or by reason of death of a
holder will be subject to German gift or inheritance tax, respectively, if one
of the following persons is resident in Germany: the donor or transferor or his
or her heir, or the donee or other beneficiary. If one of the aforementioned
persons is resident in Germany and another is resident in a country having a
treaty with Germany, regarding gift or inheritance taxes, different rules may
apply. If none of the aforementioned persons is resident in Germany, the
26
<PAGE> 29
transfer is not subject to German gift or inheritance tax. For persons giving up
German residence, special rules apply during the first five years, and under
specific circumstances, during the first ten years, after the end of the year in
which the person left Germany. In general, in the case of a U.S. Holder, a
transfer of ADSs or Preference Shares by gift or by reason of death that would
otherwise be subject to German gift or inheritance tax, respectively, will not
be subject to such German tax by reason of the current estate tax treaty between
the U.S. and Germany unless the donor or transferor, or the heir, donee or other
beneficiary, is domiciled in Germany for purposes of the current estate tax
treaty between the United States and Germany at the time of the making of the
gift or at the time of the donor's or transferor's death.
In general, the U.S.-German estate tax treaty provides a credit against
U.S. federal estate and gift tax liability for the amount of inheritance and
gift tax paid in Germany, subject to certain limitations, in a case where the
ADSs or Preference Shares are subject to German inheritance or gift tax and U.S.
federal estate or gift tax.
U.S. TAXATION OF U.S. HOLDERS OF PREFERENCE SHARES OR ADSs
The following discussion generally summarizes certain U.S. federal income
tax consequences of the acquisition, ownership and disposition of ADSs or
Preference Shares to a beneficial owner: (i) who is an individual citizen or
resident of the United States or a corporation organized under the laws of the
United States or any political subdivision thereof; (ii) who is not resident in
Germany for German tax purposes; (iii) whose holding of ADSs or Preference
Shares does not form part of the business property or assets of a permanent
establishment or fixed base in Germany; and (iv) who is fully entitled to the
benefits of the Treaty in respect of such ADSs or Preference Shares (a "U.S.
Holder").
This summary deals only with ADSs and Preference Shares that are held as
capital assets and does not address tax considerations applicable to U.S.
Holders that may be subject to special tax rules, such as dealers or traders in
securities, financial institutions, life insurance companies, tax-exempt
entities, U.S. Holders that hold Preference Shares or ADSs as a part of a
straddle, conversion transaction or other arrangement involving more than one
position, U.S. Holders that own (or are deemed for U.S. tax purposes to own) 10%
or more of the total combined voting power of all classes of voting stock of
SAP, U.S. Holders that have a principal place of business or "tax home" outside
the United States or U.S. Holders whose "functional currency" is not the Dollar.
The discussion below is based upon the U.S. Internal Revenue Code of 1986,
as amended (the "Code"), the Treaty and regulations, rulings and judicial
decisions thereunder at the date hereof. Any such authority may be repealed,
revoked or modified, perhaps with retroactive effect, so as to result in federal
income tax consequences different from those discussed below. No assurance can
be given that the conclusions set out below would be sustained by a court if
challenged by the IRS. The discussion below is based, in part, on
representations of the Depositary, and assumes that each obligation in the
Deposit Agreement and any related agreements will be performed in accordance
with its terms.
THE DISCUSSION SET OUT BELOW IS INTENDED ONLY AS A SUMMARY OF CERTAIN U.S.
FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSEQUENCES OF AN INVESTMENT IN ADSs OR PREFERENCE SHARES.
PROSPECTIVE INVESTORS ARE URGED TO CONSULT THEIR OWN TAX ADVISORS AS TO THE
APPLICATION TO THEIR PARTICULAR SITUATION OF THE TAX CONSIDERATIONS DISCUSSED
BELOW, AS WELL AS THE APPLICATION OF STATE, LOCAL OR FOREIGN TAX LAW. THE
STATEMENTS OF U.S. TAX LAW SET OUT BELOW ARE BASED ON THE LAWS IN FORCE AND
INTERPRETATIONS THEREOF AT THE DATE OF THIS FORM 20-F AND ARE SUBJECT TO ANY
CHANGES OCCURRING AFTER THAT DATE.
For U.S. federal income tax purposes, a U.S. Holder of ADSs will be
considered to own the Preference Shares represented thereby.
27
<PAGE> 30
Distributions
Subject to the discussion below under "Passive Foreign Investment Company
Considerations," distributions made by SAP with respect to Preference Shares
(other than distributions in liquidation and certain distributions in redemption
of stock), including the amount of German tax deemed to have been withheld in
respect of such distributions, will be taxed to U.S. Holders as ordinary
dividend income to the extent that such distributions do not exceed the current
and accumulated earnings and profits of SAP as computed for U.S. federal income
tax purposes. As discussed above, a U.S. Holder may obtain a refund of German
withholding tax to the extent that the German withholding tax exceeds 10% of the
amount of the associated distribution. However, for U.S. federal income tax
purposes, the net cash distribution (equal to 90%) will be treated as if it had
been subject to a 15% German withholding tax and will be "grossed up"
accordingly. The total amount of the distribution therefore will be equal to the
sum of: (i) the actual cash distribution net of the 10% withholding tax; (ii)
the 10% tax actually withheld; and (iii) an amount equal to 5.88% of the sum of
(i) and (ii). For example, if SAP distributes a cash dividend equal to U.S.$100
to a U.S. Holder, the distribution currently will be subject to German
withholding tax of U.S.$25 plus U.S.$1.375 surtax, and the U.S. Holder will
receive U.S.$73.625. If the U.S. Holder obtains the Treaty refund, he will
receive an additional U.S.$16.375 from the German tax authorities. For U.S. tax
purposes, such U.S. Holder will be considered to have received a total
distribution of U.S.$105.88, which will be deemed to have been subject to German
withholding tax of U.S.$15.88 (15% of U.S.$105.88).
Distributions, if any, in excess of SAP's current and accumulated earnings
and profits will constitute a non-taxable return of capital to a U.S. Holder and
will be applied against and reduce the U.S. Holder's tax basis in his or her
Preference Shares. To the extent that such distributions exceed the tax basis of
the U.S. Holder in his or her Preference Shares, the excess generally will be
treated as capital gain.
In the case of a distribution in euros, the amount of the distribution
generally will equal the Dollar value of the euros distributed (determined by
reference to the spot currency exchange rate on the date of receipt of the
distribution (receipt by the Depositary in the case of a distribution on ADSs)),
regardless of whether the holder in fact converts the euro into Dollars, and the
U.S. Holder will not realize any separate foreign currency gain or loss (except
to the extent that such gain or loss arises on the actual disposition of foreign
currency received).
Dividends paid by SAP generally will constitute "portfolio income" for
purposes of the limitations on the use of passive activity losses (and,
therefore, generally may not be offset by passive activity losses) and as
"investment income" for purposes of the limitation on the deduction of
investment interest expense. Dividends paid by SAP will not be eligible for the
dividends received deduction generally allowed to U.S. corporations under
Section 243 of the Code.
Under certain circumstances, a U.S. Holder may be deemed to have received a
distribution for U.S. federal income tax purposes upon an adjustment, or the
failure to make an adjustment, to the conversion price of the 1988 Bonds (see
"Item 12. Options to Purchase Securities from Registrant or Subsidiaries -- 1988
Bonds") or the 1994 Bonds.
Sale or Exchange
In general, assuming that SAP at no time is a passive foreign investment
company, upon a sale or exchange of Preference Shares to a person other than
SAP, a U.S. Holder will recognize gain or loss in an amount equal to the
difference between the amount realized on the sale or exchange and the U.S.
Holder's adjusted tax basis in the Preference Shares. Such gain or loss will be
capital gain or loss. Upon a sale of Preference Shares to SAP, a U.S. Holder may
recognize capital gain or loss or, alternatively, may be considered to have
received a distribution with respect to the Preference Shares, in each case
depending upon the application to such sale of the rules of Section 302 of the
Code.
Deposit and withdrawal of Preference Shares in exchange for ADSs by a U.S.
Holder will not result in its realization of gain or loss for U.S. federal
income tax purposes.
28
<PAGE> 31
Foreign Tax Credit
In general, in computing its U.S. federal income tax liability, a U.S.
Holder may elect for each taxable year to claim a deduction or, subject to the
limitations on foreign tax credits generally, a credit for foreign income taxes
paid or accrued by it. For U.S. foreign tax credit purposes, subject to the
applicable limitations under the foreign tax credit rules, the 15% German tax
that is treated as having been withheld from dividends paid to a U.S. Holder
will be eligible for credit against the U.S. Holder's federal income tax
liability. Thus, in the numerical example set out above, a U.S. Holder who
receives a cash distribution of U.S.$90 from SAP (U.S.$100 of the initial
distribution net of U.S.$25 of German withholding tax and U.S.$1.375 of surtax
plus the Treaty refund of U.S.$16.375) will be treated as having been subject to
German withholding tax in the amount of U.S.$15.88 (15% of U.S.$105.88) and will
be able to claim the U.S. foreign tax credit, subject to applicable foreign tax
credit limitations, in the amount of U.S.$15.88.
For U.S. foreign tax credit purposes, dividends paid by SAP generally will
be treated as foreign-source income and as "passive income" (or in the case of
certain holders, as "financial services income"). Gain realized by a U.S. Holder
on the sale or exchange of Preference Shares generally will be treated as
U.S.-source income.
The IRS is authorized to issue regulations to govern the source of losses
recognized on the sale of personal property (such as the Preference Shares).
Relevant legislative history suggests that the regulations generally should
treat a loss recognized by a U.S. Holder on the sale or exchange of Preference
Shares as U.S.-source loss. In connection with proposed regulations, the IRS has
stated that the sourcing of a loss from the sale or exchange of portfolio stock
(generally stock held by a less-than-10% shareholder) will be reviewed in the
context of a broader regulations project. The proposed regulations suggest that,
in the interim, a loss on the sale or exchange of Preference Shares generally
would be treated as foreign-source loss. At present, it is unclear whether these
proposed regulations will be adopted and, if adopted, whether they will be
adopted in their present form. U.S. Holders are encouraged to consult their own
tax advisors regarding the proper treatment of these losses for foreign tax
credit purposes.
The availability of foreign tax credits depends on the particular
circumstances of each U.S. Holder. U.S. Holders are advised to consult their own
tax advisors.
Foreign Personal Holding Company Considerations
SAP does not believe that it or any of its subsidiaries currently is a
"foreign personal holding company" (an "FPHC") for U.S. federal income tax
purposes. SAP is not aware of any changes that would affect this conclusion in
the foreseeable future. A foreign corporation is an FPHC for a taxable year if
(i) at any time, more than 50% of its stock (by vote or by value) is owned
(directly, indirectly or by attribution) by or for not more than five
individuals who are citizens or residents of the United States (the "ownership
requirement") and (ii) at least 60% (50% in certain cases) of its gross income
is FPHC income, which generally includes dividends, interest, royalties (except
certain active business computer software royalties) and other types of
investment income (the "income requirement"). If SAP or one of its subsidiaries
were treated as an FPHC, then each U.S. Holder owning ADSs or Preference Shares
on the last day in the taxable year on which the ownership requirement with
respect to SAP or its subsidiary is met would be required to include currently
in taxable income as a dividend a pro rata share of SAP's or the subsidiary's
undistributed FPHC income, which is, generally, SAP's or the subsidiary's
taxable income with certain adjustments and after reduction for certain dividend
payments.
SAP does not believe that the ownership requirement is met at the date
hereof with respect to SAP or any of its subsidiaries. However, there can be no
assurance that the ownership requirement will not be met at some later time.
Whether the income requirement would be met with respect to SAP or any of its
subsidiaries at any such later date would depend on the nature and sources of
SAP's and each subsidiary's income at that time.
29
<PAGE> 32
Passive Foreign Investment Company Considerations
Classification as a PFIC. Special and adverse U.S. tax rules apply to a
U.S. Holder that holds an interest in a "passive foreign investment company" (a
"PFIC"). In general, a PFIC is any non-U.S. corporation, if (i) 75% or more of
the gross income of such corporation for the taxable year is passive income (the
"income test") or (ii) the average percentage of assets (by value) held by such
corporation during the taxable year that produce passive income (e.g.,
dividends, interest, royalties, rents and annuities) or that are held for the
production of passive income is at least 50% (the "asset test"). A corporation
that owns, directly or indirectly, at least 25% by value of the stock of a
second corporation must take into account its proportionate share of the second
corporation's income and assets in applying the income test and the asset test.
Based on current projections concerning the composition of SAP's income and
assets, SAP does not believe that it will be treated as a PFIC for its current
or future taxable years. However, because this conclusion is based on the
Company's current projections and expectations as to its future business
activity, SAP can provide no assurance that it will not be treated as a PFIC in
respect of its current or any future taxable years.
Consequences of PFIC Status. If SAP is treated as a PFIC for any taxable
year during which a U.S. Holder holds Preference Shares, then, subject to the
discussion of the qualified electing fund ("QEF") and "mark-to-market" rules
below, such U.S. Holder generally will be subject to a special and adverse tax
regime with respect to any gain realized on the disposition of the Preference
Shares and with respect to certain "excess distributions" made to it by SAP. The
adverse tax consequences include taxation of such gain or excess distribution at
ordinary-income rates and payment of an interest charge on tax which is deemed
to have been deferred with respect to such gain or excess distributions. Under
the PFIC rules, excess distributions include dividends or other distributions
received with respect to the Preference Shares, if the aggregate amount of such
distributions in any taxable year exceeds 125% of the average amount of
distributions from SAP made during a specified base period.
In some circumstances, a U.S. Holder may avoid certain of the unfavorable
consequences of the PFIC rules by making a QEF election in respect of SAP. A QEF
election effectively would require an electing U.S. Holder to include in income
currently its pro rata share of the ordinary earnings and net capital gain of
SAP. However, a U.S. Holder cannot elect QEF status with respect to SAP unless
SAP complies with certain reporting requirements and there can be no assurance
that SAP will provide such information.
Effective for taxable years beginning after December 31, 1997, a U.S.
Holder that holds "marketable" stock in a PFIC may, in lieu of making a QEF
election, also avoid certain unfavorable consequences of the PFIC rules by
electing to mark the PFIC stock to market at the close of each taxable year. SAP
expects that the Preference Shares will be "marketable" for this purpose. A U.S.
Holder that makes the mark-to-market election will be required to include in
income each year as ordinary income an amount equal to the excess, if any, of
the fair market value of the stock at the close of the year over the U.S.
Holder's adjusted tax basis in the stock. If, at the close of the year, the U.S.
Holder's adjusted tax basis exceeds the fair market value of the stock, then the
U.S. Holder may deduct any such excess from ordinary income, but only to the
extent of net mark-to-market gains previously included in income. Any gain from
the actual sale of the PFIC stock will be treated as ordinary income, and any
loss will be treated as ordinary loss to the extent of net mark-to-market gains
previously included in income.
TAXATION OF HOLDERS OF ADSs OR PREFERENCE SHARES IN OTHER COUNTRIES
Holders or potential holders of ADSs or Preference Shares who are resident
or otherwise taxable in countries other than Germany and the United States are
urged to consult their own tax advisors concerning the overall tax consequences
of the acquisition, ownership and disposition of ADSs or Preference Shares.
30
<PAGE> 33
ITEM 8. SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA.
The following selected consolidated financial data of the Company is
derived from, and is qualified by reference to, the Company's consolidated
financial statements included herein and notes thereto audited, in respect of
1998, 1997, 1996 and 1995, by ARTHUR ANDERSEN Wirtschaftsprufungsgesellschaft
Steuerberatungsgesellschaft mbH and, in respect of 1994, by AW Treuhand Andersen
& Wipfler GmbH Wirtschaftsprufungsgesellschaft (a subsidiary of ARTHUR ANDERSEN
Wirtschaftsprufungsgesellschaft Steuerberatungsgesellschaft mbH), each
independent auditors. The audited consolidated income statements, consolidated
statements of cash flows and consolidated statements of changes in shareholders'
equity for the years ended December 31, 1998, 1997, and 1996, and consolidated
balance sheets at December 31, 1998 and 1997 are included in "Item 18. Financial
Statements." The Company's consolidated financial statements included herein
have been prepared in accordance with German GAAP.
The selected consolidated financial data prepared in accordance with U.S.
GAAP at and for the years ended December 31, 1998, 1997 and 1996 have been
derived from the Company's consolidated financial statements included in "Item
18. Financial Statements." German GAAP differs in certain significant respects
from U.S. GAAP. A reconciliation of the differences between German GAAP and U.S.
GAAP which materially affect the determination of net income for each of the
three years ended December 31, 1998, 1997 and 1996 and shareholders' equity at
December 31, 1998 and 1997 is set forth in note 6 to the Company's consolidated
financial statements included in "Item 18. Financial Statements."
The selected financial data set forth below should be read in conjunction
with, and are qualified by reference to, the related consolidated financial
statements of the Company included herein and notes thereto and "Item 9.
Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of
Operations." Certain reclassifications have been made to prior year amounts to
conform with the current year's presentation.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,
(in thousands of DM or U.S.$, except per share data or as otherwise indicated)
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1998 1998 1997 1996 1995 1994
----------- ----------- ----------- ----------- ----------- -----------
U.S.$(1) DM DM DM DM DM
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
INCOME STATEMENT DATA:
Amounts in accordance with German
GAAP
Product revenues................... 3,153,534 5,256,941 4,097,117 2,630,512 1,933,811 1,304,470
Consulting and training revenues... 1,851,611 3,086,636 1,831,056 1,041,404 724,134 493,885
Other.............................. 73,016 121,717 89,293 50,234 38,436 32,788
--------- --------- --------- --------- --------- ---------
Total sales revenues.......... 5,078,161 8,465,294 6,017,466 3,722,150 2,696,381 1,831,143
--------- --------- --------- --------- --------- ---------
Other operating income(2).......... 113,720 189,571 82,438 74,673 54,789 31,918
Operating expenses:
Cost of services and materials... 707,944 1,180,143 605,719 394,384 300,647 187,822
Personnel expenses............... 1,825,773 3,043,564 2,074,920 1,338,473 956,744 675,212
Depreciation and amortization.... 162,776 271,348 195,321 164,591 144,456 88,662
Other operating expenses......... 1,359,724 2,266,660 1,611,728 955,746 697,455 462,126
--------- --------- --------- --------- --------- ---------
Operating expenses............... 4,056,218 6,761,715 4,487,688 2,853,194 2,099,302 1,413,822
--------- --------- --------- --------- --------- ---------
Operating results.................. 1,135,663 1,893,150 1,612,216 943,629 651,868 449,239
Financial income, net(3)........... 16,240 27,072 54,720 23,584 22,198 22,016
--------- --------- --------- --------- --------- ---------
Results from ordinary operations... 1,151,903 1,920,222 1,666,936 967,213 674,066 471,255
Taxes on income.................... 493,525 822,706 708,354 382,414 258,665 176,160
Other taxes........................ 27,095 45,168 33,228 17,263 10,573 13,921
--------- --------- --------- --------- --------- ---------
Total taxes................... 520,620 867,874 741,582 399,677 269,238 190,081
--------- --------- --------- --------- --------- ---------
Net income......................... 631,283 1,052,348 925,354 567,536 404,828 281,174
Earnings per share(4).............. 6.04 10.04 8.85 5.47 3.98 2.77
</TABLE>
31
<PAGE> 34
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,
(in thousands of DM or U.S.$, except per share data or as otherwise indicated)
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1998 1998 1997 1996 1995 1994
----------- ----------- ----------- ----------- ----------- -----------
U.S.$(1) DM DM DM DM DM
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Amounts in accordance with U.S.
GAAP
Total sales revenues............... 5,063,230 8,440,405 5,910,073 3,552,365 N/A N/A
Net income......................... 618,244 1,030,613 873,574 452,151 N/A N/A
Earnings per share:(5)
Basic
Ordinary Shares.................. 5.90 9.83 8.38 4.40 N/A N/A
Preference Shares................ 5.95 9.92 8.46 4.47 N/A N/A
Diluted
Ordinary Shares.................. 5.87 9.78 8.30 4.29 N/A N/A
Preference Shares................ 5.88 9.81 8.30 4.31 N/A N/A
OTHER DATA:
Ratio of earnings to combined
fixed charges and preferred
dividends in accordance with
German GAAP(6)................ N/A 19.69x 23.97x 23.55x 21.90x 24.55x
Ratio of earnings to combined
fixed charges and preferred
dividends in accordance with
U.S. GAAP(6).................. N/A 19.26x 23.24x 20.81x N/A N/A
BALANCE SHEET DATA:
Amounts in accordance with German
GAAP
Liquid assets and marketable
securities....................... 786,341 1,310,831 1,164,512 902,285 397,755 347,225
Total assets....................... 3,777,312 6,296,778 5,070,260 3,367,104 2,218,162 1,749,729
Shareholders' equity............... 2,253,384 3,756,391 3,062,372 2,211,312 1,529,520 1,236,206
Short-term bank loans and
overdrafts....................... 112,973 188,326 163,134 90,272 59,686 47,189
Long-term financial debt(7)........ 31,041 51,745 5,126 8,825 20,546 21,946
Amounts in accordance with U.S.
GAAP
Total assets....................... 3,971,211 6,620,008 5,388,641 3,587,676 N/A N/A
Shareholders' equity............... 2,133,305 3,556,221 2,838,059 2,031,869 N/A N/A
</TABLE>
- ---------------
(1) Amounts in the column are unaudited and translated at DM 1.667 to U.S.$1.00,
the Noon Buying Rate for converting Marks to Dollars on December 31, 1998.
See "-- Exchange Rates" for recent exchange rates between the euro and the
Dollar and the Mark and the Dollar.
(2) Other operating income includes increases in inventory of unfinished
services.
(3) Financial income, net includes net interest income, loss/income from
investments, income from marketable securities and loans of financial assets
and write-down of financial assets.
(4) Earnings per share have been calculated in accordance with the guidelines
established by the German Association of Financial Analysts (Deutsche
Vereinigung fur Finanzanalyse und Anlageberatung e.V.). Such amounts are
equal to net income divided by (a) the total number of Ordinary Shares
outstanding at year end and (b) the total number of Preference Shares
outstanding at year end. For the years prior to 1998, the total number of
Ordinary Shares and Preference Shares outstanding at year end was determined
by assuming that: (i) each then-outstanding DM 50 Ordinary Share equaled ten
DM 5 Ordinary Shares; and (ii) each then-outstanding DM 50 Preference Share
equaled ten DM 5 Preference Shares. Effective June 16, 1998, SAP's share
capital was converted to no nominal value shares.
(5) Earnings per Ordinary Share and per Preference Share have been calculated
using the two-class method in accordance with Statement of Financial
Accounting Standards No. 128, "Earnings Per Share." See note 6(m) to the
Company's consolidated financial statements included herein. For the years
prior to 1998, the total number of Ordinary Shares and Preference Shares
outstanding at year end was determined by assuming that: (i) each
then-outstanding DM 50 Ordinary Share equaled ten DM 5 Ordinary Shares; and
(ii) each then-outstanding DM 50 Preference Share equaled ten DM 5
Preference Shares. Effective June 16, 1998, SAP's share capital was
converted to no nominal value shares.
(6) In calculating the ratio of earnings to combined fixed charges and preferred
dividends, earnings consist of income before income taxes plus fixed
charges. Fixed charges consist of interest expense plus one-third of rental
expense under operating leases (the portion that has been deemed by the
Company to be representative of an interest factor).
(7) Long-term financial debt represents financial liabilities with a remaining
life beyond one year. Most of the Company's long-term financial debt
represents bank loans and overdrafts due in greater than one year and the
outstanding 1994 Bonds issued to Company employees. See "Item 12. Options to
Purchase Securities from Registrant or Subsidiaries -- 1994 Bonds."
32
<PAGE> 35
EXCHANGE RATES
The following table sets forth, for the periods and dates indicated, the
average, high, low and period-end Noon Buying Rates for: (i) converting Marks to
Dollars, expressed in Marks per Dollar; and (ii) converting euros to Dollars,
expressed in euros per Dollar. Effective January 1, 1999, the euro was
introduced in the 11 member states of the European Union currently participating
in the EMU as a common legal currency among those states for "paperless"
transactions, pending the substitution of euro bank notes and coins for the
national currencies of the participating member states between January 1, 2002
and July 1, 2002. Effective July 1, 2002, the euro will be the official legal
tender for the participating member states, and the national currencies of those
member states will be withdrawn from circulation. The fixed exchange rate for
euros converted to Marks is DM 1.95583 per EUR 1.00.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
YEAR ENDED
DECEMBER 31, PERIOD-END AVERAGE(1) HIGH LOW
------------ ---------- ---------- ---------- ----------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C>
1994........................... DM 1.5495 DM 1.6119 DM 1.7627 DM 1.4920
1995........................... DM 1.4345 DM 1.4261 DM 1.5612 DM 1.3565
1996........................... DM 1.5387 DM 1.5049 DM 1.5655 DM 1.4354
1997........................... DM 1.7991 DM 1.7371 DM 1.8913 DM 1.5389
1998........................... DM 1.6670 DM 1.7588 DM 1.8542 DM 1.6060
1999 (through May 7, 1999)..... EUR 1.0781 EUR 1.0904 EUR 1.1812 EUR 1.0564
</TABLE>
- ---------------
(1) The average of the applicable Noon Buying Rates on the last day of each
month during the relevant period.
On May 7, 1999, the Noon Buying Rate for converting Marks to Dollars was DM
1.8142 per U.S.$1.00, and the Noon Buying Rate for converting euros to Dollars
was EUR 1.0781 per U.S.$1.00.
Commencing on January 1, 1999, the prices for Preference Shares traded on
German stock exchanges have been denominated in euros. Fluctuations in the
exchange rate between the euro and the Dollar will affect the Dollar equivalent
of the euro price of the Preference Shares traded on the German stock exchanges
and, as a result, will affect the price of the ADSs in the United States. In
addition, commencing in 1999, SAP will pay cash dividends, if any, in euros, so
that such exchange rate fluctuations will also affect the Dollar amounts
received by the holders of ADSs on the conversion into Dollars of cash dividends
paid in euros on the Preference Shares represented by the ADSs.
A significant portion of the Company's revenues and expenses is denominated
in currencies other than the euro and the Mark. Therefore, the Company's
consolidated revenues, results from ordinary operations, net income and cash
flows may be materially affected by movements in the exchange rate between the
euro/Mark, on the one hand, and the respective currencies to which the Company
is exposed, on the other hand. See "Item 9. Management's Discussion and Analysis
of Financial Condition and Results of Operations -- Exchange Rate Exposure."
DIVIDENDS
Dividends are jointly proposed by SAP's Supervisory Board and Executive
Board based on the SAP's year-end financial statements, subject to approval by
holders of Ordinary Shares, and are officially declared for the prior year at
SAP's annual general shareholders' meeting. SAP's annual general shareholders'
meeting usually convenes during the second quarter of each year. Historically,
SAP has declared and paid its dividends in Marks. Commencing on January 1, 1999,
SAP intends to pay cash dividends, if any, in euros. Since Ordinary Shares and
Preference Shares are in bearer form, dividends are either remitted to the
custodian bank on behalf of the shareholder within one business day following
the annual general shareholders' meeting or, in the case of shareholders holding
physical certificates, available promptly following the annual general
shareholders' meeting upon submission of the dividend coupon to the paying agent
therefor. Record holders of the ADSs on the dividend record date will be
entitled to receive payment in full of the dividend declared in respect of the
year for which it is declared. Cash dividends payable to such holders will be
paid to the Depositary in euros and, subject to certain exceptions, will be
converted by the Depositary into Dollars. The amount of dividends received by
holders of ADSs may be affected by fluctuations in exchange rates. See
33
<PAGE> 36
"-- Exchange Rates." Dividends paid to holders of the ADSs or Preference Shares
may be subject to German withholding tax. See "Item 7. Taxation."
The following table sets forth the annual dividends paid per Ordinary Share
and Preference Share in euros or Marks, as applicable, in respect of each of the
years indicated.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
YEAR ENDED DIVIDEND PAID PER DIVIDEND PAID PER
DECEMBER 31, ORDINARY SHARE(1) PREFERENCE SHARE(1)
- ------------ ---------------------------- ----------------------------
EUR DM U.S.$ EUR DM U.S.$
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
1994................... 0.85 0.62(2) 0.90 0.65(2)
1995................... 1.30 0.85(2) 1.35 0.88(2)
1996................... 2.30(3) 1.35(2) 2.35(3) 1.38(2)
1997................... 2.80 1.58(2) 2.85 1.61(2)
1998................... 1.57 1.69(4) 1.60 1.72(4)
</TABLE>
- ---------------
(1) Adjusted to reflect: (i) the capital increase from reserves which took
effect on August 9, 1994, pursuant to which holders of Ordinary Shares and
Preference Shares received four additional shares for each such share owned
by such holders; and (ii) a 1:10 stock split which took effect on July 17,
1995 with respect to 706,000 DM 50 Ordinary Shares and 1,950,000 DM 50
Preference Shares to reflect the reduction in the nominal value of such DM
50 Ordinary Shares and DM 50 Preference Shares from DM 50 to DM 5. Effective
June 16, 1998, SAP's share capital was converted to no nominal value shares.
(2) Translated from Marks into Dollars at the Noon Buying Rate for converting
Marks to Dollars on the dividend payment date.
(3) Includes anniversary bonus in the amount of DM 0.5.
(4) Translated from euros into Dollars at the Noon Buying Rate for converting
euros into Dollars on the dividend payment date.
The amount of dividends paid on the Ordinary Shares and the Preference
Shares depends on the amount of profits to be distributed by SAP, which depends
in part upon the performance of the Company. A holder of Preference Shares is
entitled to a cumulative annual preferred dividend which exceeds the annual
dividend paid to holders of Ordinary Shares by an amount equal to EUR 0.03 per
Preference Share but in no event less than a minimum dividend equal to EUR 0.03
per Preference Share. Although SAP expects to continue to pay dividends on the
Preference Shares, the timing and amount of future dividend payments will depend
upon the Company's future earnings, its capital needs and other relevant
factors.
ITEM 9. MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS
OF OPERATIONS.
Any statements contained in this Item 9 that are not historical facts are
forward-looking statements as defined in the U.S. Private Securities Litigation
Reform Act of 1995. Words such as "believe," "estimate," "intend," "may," "will"
and "expect" and similar expressions as they relate to the Company are intended
to identify such forward-looking statements. The Company undertakes no
obligation to publicly update or revise any forward-looking statements. All
forward-looking statements are subject to various risks and uncertainties that
could cause results to differ materially from expectations. The factors that
could affect the Company's future financial results are discussed more fully
under "-- Factors That May Affect Future Results and Market Price of Stock," as
well as elsewhere in this Form 20-F and in the Company's other filings with the
U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission. Readers are cautioned not to place
undue reliance on these forward-looking statements, which speak only as of their
dates.
ACCOUNTING PRINCIPLES
The consolidated financial statements of the Company included herein have
been prepared in accordance with German GAAP, which varies in certain
significant respects from U.S. GAAP. The following discussion is based upon
financial information prepared in conformity with German GAAP. For a discussion
of significant German accounting principles used in preparation of the
consolidated financial statements, see the notes to the Company's consolidated
financial statements included herein. Application of U.S. GAAP would have
materially affected net income for each of the three years ended December 31,
1998, 1997 and 1996 and shareholders' equity at December 31, 1998 and 1997 to
the extent shown in note 6 to the Company's consolidated financial statements
included herein.
34
<PAGE> 37
Effective for the fiscal year 1999 and thereafter, the consolidated
financial statements of the Company will be prepared exclusively in accordance
with U.S. GAAP. The Company issued its results for the first quarter of 1999 in
a press release dated April 21, 1999, and, in a separate press release of the
same date, the Company restated its quarterly and annual results for 1998 in
accordance with U.S. GAAP for comparative purposes. The Company's 1997
consolidated financial statements will be restated in accordance with U.S. GAAP
for comparative purposes with the issuance of the Company's 1999 consolidated
financial statements.
OVERVIEW
The Company is a leading international developer and supplier of integrated
business application software designed to provide cost-effective comprehensive
solutions for businesses. The Company's primary product, the R/3 System, is
designed to provide customers with a palette of standard business solutions
arranged in applications which provide integrated enterprise-wide processing of
business work flows. In 1998, the Company announced the introduction of its New
Dimension products, which initially include independent business applications
for supply chain management, customer relationship management, business
intelligence and electronic commerce. The Company's products also include
Industry Specific Products and other independent business applications, and the
Company provides the necessary technological infrastructure to support
complementary third-party software solutions. The Company has many strategic
partners that offer complementary third-party software, services and hardware.
The Company's services include consulting, support and training. In 1999, the
Company announced that all SAP Software Products will be accessible for use over
the Internet, enabling new Internet-based business scenarios, inter-enterprise
integration and more efficient electronic commerce.
On December 31, 1998, the Company had more than 19,000 System installations
at over 10,700 customers ranging in size from multinational enterprises to
medium- and smaller-sized businesses. For the year ended December 31, 1998, the
Company's sales revenues and results from ordinary operations (pretax profits)
were approximately DM 8.47 billion and DM 1.92 billion, respectively, as
compared to DM 6.02 billion and DM 1.67 billion, respectively, for the year
ended December 31, 1997. Net income was DM 1,052.3 million and DM 925.4 million
for the years ended December 31, 1998 and 1997, respectively. The Company
consists of SAP and its network of 55 operating subsidiaries and has a presence
or a representative in 107 countries.
The Company's principal sources of revenue are product revenues and
consulting and training revenues. Product revenues consist primarily of license
fees and maintenance services fees. License fees are derived from the licensing
of SAP Software Products to customers. The Company provides optional maintenance
services for a fixed fee calculated on the basis of the initial license fee paid
by the customer. The maintenance services entitle the customer to upgrades and
enhancements through new product releases, versions and correction levels,
telephone support on the use of the products and assistance in resolving
problems, remote support, access to online bulletin board support services and
SAP EarlyWatch, a world-wide remote monitoring and diagnosis service for the R/3
System. The Company's consulting and training revenues are derived primarily
from the services rendered with respect to implementation, consulting and
training of customer project teams and end users in connection with the
installation of SAP Software Products in customers' enterprises, as well as
training third-party consultants with respect to SAP Software Products.
The Company generally licenses its products to customers on a
"right-to-use" basis pursuant to a perpetual license. These license agreements
are generally in standard form, although each license is individually negotiated
and may contain variations. The licenses are generally non-transferable or, if
transferable, the transfer is subject to the Company's reasonable approval. The
standard end-user license agreement for SAP Software Products (other than the
R/2 System) provides for an initial license fee based on the number and types of
identified users or other applicable criteria. Additional licensing fees are
charged when the designated number of users or another relevant metric is
increased. The Company, together with certain of its business partners, has
commenced offering certain SAP Software Products to medium- and smaller-sized
companies as a component of outsourcing offerings, in which license and
maintenance fees may be paid to the Company on a per user, per month or similar
subscription basis (rather than an upfront license fee payment). The standard
end-user license agreement for the R/2 System provides for an initial fee based
35
<PAGE> 38
on the number and nature of functions and applications licensed by the customer
and on the type of mainframe computer class being used.
The Company recognizes software license fee revenues when the customer has
legally executed an irrevocable contract with the Company and the software has
been delivered. Under certain license agreements, customers agree to license
additional groups of users at prescribed future dates on a non-cancelable basis.
Future users are granted systems' authorization on these commitment dates.
License agreements with customers seeking to implement SAP Software Products
with a large number of users sometimes provide for increases in the number of
users over a period of time. Under these circumstances, the Company recognizes
revenues for such additional users on the dates that authorization is granted.
Maintenance fees are generally payable in advance at the beginning of each
maintenance period, and maintenance revenues are recognized pro rata over the
duration of the maintenance period. Approximately 98% of the Company's 1998
customers elected to receive maintenance services from the Company.
Consulting and training revenues generally are recognized at the time the
service is rendered and are typically calculated at the Company's list price for
such services.
EXCHANGE RATE EXPOSURE
Prior to January 1, 1999, the Company's financial accounting and reporting
currency was the Mark. Effective as of January 1, 1999, the Company has adopted
the euro as its financial accounting and reporting currency. Nevertheless, a
significant portion of the Company's business is conducted in currencies other
than the euro and the Mark. International sales are primarily made through the
Company's subsidiaries in the respective regions and are generally denominated
in the local currency, although in certain countries where exchange rate
exposure is considered high, some sales may be denominated in euros, Marks or
Dollars. Expenses incurred by the subsidiaries are generally denominated in the
local currency. Accordingly, the functional currency of the Company's
subsidiaries is the local currency. Therefore, the Company's consolidated
revenues, results from ordinary operations, net income and cash flows may be
materially affected by movements in the exchange rate between the euro/Mark, on
the one hand, and the respective currencies to which the Company is exposed, on
the other hand. In general, appreciation of the euro and the Mark relative to
another currency has a negative effect on reported consolidated revenues,
results from ordinary operations and net income, while depreciation of the euro
and the Mark has a positive effect. As a consequence, period-to-period changes
in the average exchange rate in a particular currency can significantly affect
revenues and operating results. The principal currencies in which the Company's
subsidiaries conduct business that are subject to the risks described in this
paragraph are the Dollar, the Japanese Yen, the Swiss Frank, the British Pound
Sterling, the Brazilian Real, the Canadian Dollar and the Australian Dollar.
Of the Company's consolidated revenues in 1998 and 1997, approximately 82%
and 81%, respectively, were attributable to non-German operations and translated
into Marks. Fluctuations in the value of the Mark had (negative)/positive
effects on the Company's consolidated revenues, results from ordinary operations
and net income of DM (338.9) million, DM (57.6) million and DM (26.8) million,
respectively, for 1998 and DM 423.1 million, DM 117.2 million and DM 85.5
million, respectively, for 1997. See "Item 9A. Quantitative and Qualitative
Disclosure About Market Risk."
INTEREST RATE EXPOSURE
The Company invests its cash primarily in bank time deposits and fixed and
variable rate marketable debt securities. The majority of such investments are
denominated in Marks. Cash held by foreign subsidiaries is generally held in
short-term time deposits denominated in the local currency.
Net interest income increased to DM 60.8 million in 1998 compared to DM
52.6 million and DM 27.8 million in 1997 and 1996, respectively. The increases
in net interest income for 1998 and 1997 are primarily the result of a larger
average portfolio of liquid assets and marketable securities. See note 14 to the
Company's consolidated financial statements included herein.
36
<PAGE> 39
While the Company is exposed generally to fluctuations in the interest
rates of many of the world's leading industrialized countries, the Company's
interest income and expense is most sensitive to fluctuations in the level of
German and EMU interest rates. The fair market values of both fixed and variable
rate investments are exposed to such interest rate risk. To the extent that
interest rates rise, fixed interest securities may be adversely impacted whereas
a decline in interest rates may decrease the anticipated interest income for
variable rate investments. See "Item 9A. Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosure
About Market Risk."
INFLATION
During the years 1998, 1997, and 1996, the effects of inflation on the
Company's operations have not been material.
REVENUE BY GEOGRAPHIC REGION
The Company operates its business in three principal geographic regions,
namely EMEA, North and Latin America (the "Americas") and Asia-Pacific. The
Company allocates revenue amounts to the region in which the customer is
located. See note 41 to the Company's consolidated financial statements included
herein for additional information with respect to operations by geographic
region. The following table sets forth, for the periods indicated, the sales
revenues attributable to each of the Company's three principal geographic
regions.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
1998 1997 1996
------- ------- -------
(IN MILLIONS OF DMs)
<S> <C> <C> <C>
Germany......................................... 1,565.1 1,149.1 914.3
Rest of EMEA.................................... 2,233.6 1,488.4 957.7
------- ------- -------
Total EMEA............................ 3,798.7 2,637.5 1,872.0
======= ======= =======
United States................................... 3,068.5 2,105.6 1,159.2
Rest of Americas................................ 858.4 489.2 226.5
------- ------- -------
Total Americas........................ 3,926.9 2,594.8 1,385.7
======= ======= =======
Asia-Pacific.................................... 739.7 785.2 464.5
------- ------- -------
Total................................. 8,465.3 6,017.5 3,722.2
======= ======= =======
</TABLE>
EMEA. Approximately 44.9% of the Company's 1998 revenues was derived from
the EMEA region compared to 43.8% and 50.3% in 1997 and 1996, respectively.
Approximately 41.2% of the revenues from the EMEA region in 1998 was derived
from Germany compared to 43.6% and 48.8% in 1997 and 1996, respectively. The
remainder of revenues from the EMEA region in 1998 was derived primarily from
the United Kingdom, France, Switzerland, the Netherlands and Italy. During 1998,
the financial crisis in the countries of the former Soviet Union led companies
operating in the area to be confronted with ever-worsening solvency problems. As
a result, the Company made allowances in 1998 for its operations in Russia
resulting in a reduction in its 1998 results from ordinary operations by
approximately DM 40 million and has changed from the accrual to the cash basis
of accounting in Russia. There can be no assurance that the current financial
crisis in Russia or the other countries of the former Soviet Union or the
economic or political conditions in other countries in eastern Europe will not
worsen or that the situation will not further negatively affect the Company's
business, financial condition, results of operations or cash flows.
Americas. Approximately 46.4% of the Company's 1998 revenues was derived
from the Americas region compared to 43.1% and 37.2% in 1997 and 1996,
respectively. The shift of the revenue percentages to the Americas from other
regions from year to year is primarily due to the Company's continued expansion
in the United States. Revenues from the United States represented approximately
78.1%, 81.1% and 83.7% of the Company's total Americas market, for 1998, 1997
and 1996, respectively. The remainder of the Americas revenues was derived
primarily from Brazil, Canada, Mexico, Argentina and Venezuela.
37
<PAGE> 40
Asia-Pacific. Approximately 8.7% of the Company's 1998 revenues was derived
from the Asia-Pacific region, compared to 13.0% and 12.5% in 1997 and 1996,
respectively. In 1998, the Company's revenues from the Asia-Pacific region
derived primarily from Australia, Japan, Singapore, Malaysia and South Korea.
The economic and financial crisis in Japan significantly impacted the Company's
operating results for 1998. At the beginning of the year, it appeared that the
Company's operations in Japan would not be significantly influenced by this
crisis. Late in the second quarter of 1998, Japanese businesses began to scale
down planned implementations of SAP Software Products or to schedule these
projects over a longer period than first anticipated. As a result, product
purchasing cycles in Japan become more unpredictable. Although at that time the
Company expected that the situation in Japan would not improve quickly, and
consequently adjusted internal expectations more than once, the worsening of the
crisis and its effects on the Company, in particular at the end of 1998, was not
fully anticipated by the Company. These developments led to product sales
revenues for SAP Japan Co., Ltd. ("SAP Japan") that were approximately DM 200
million lower than had been planned. In early 1999, the Company's Japanese sales
operation was reorganized to improve the accuracy and quality of sales
forecasting, as well the Company's orientation to the altered purchasing
behavior of major companies in Japan. There can be no assurance that the current
economic or political conditions in Japan or in the other countries in the
Asia-Pacific region will not worsen or that the situation will not further
negatively affect the Company's business, financial condition, results of
operations or cash flows.
INDUSTRY SECTORS
In 1998, the Company established the following six Industry Sectors in
order to focus the Company's product development efforts on key industries and
to provide best-business practices and integrated business solutions specific to
those industries: (i) process industries; (ii) discrete manufacturing; (iii)
fast-moving consumer goods; (iv) utilities and communication; (v) financial
service and service providers; and (vi) public sector. The following table sets
forth the total sales revenues attributable to each such Industry Sectors for
1998.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
1998
---------
DM (000)
<S> <C>
Process industries.......................................... 1,910,980
Discrete manufacturing...................................... 2,275,050
Fast-moving consumer goods.................................. 1,274,163
Utilities and communication................................. 886,901
Financial service and service providers..................... 1,621,530
Public sector............................................... 496,670
---------
Total sales revenues........................................ 8,465,294
=========
</TABLE>
RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
Year Ended December 31, 1998 Compared with Year Ended December 31, 1997
Sales Revenues
Total sales revenues increased from DM 6,017.5 million for 1997 to DM
8,465.3 million for 1998, representing an increase of DM 2,447.8 million or
40.7%. The revenue items contributing to the increase in total sales revenues in
1998 were increases in product revenues of 28.3%, consulting revenues of 75.3%
and training revenues of 54.1% compared to 1997.
Product Revenues. Product revenues increased from DM 4,097.1 million for
1997 to DM 5,256.9 million for 1998, representing an increase of DM 1,159.8
million or 28.3%. The primary reason for this growth in product revenue was an
increase in the number of software licenses for new and existing customers, the
expansion of the Company's operations, particularly in the Americas and EMEA
regions, growth in vertical markets through the Industry Specific Products
program and penetration in the mid-market. The growth in product revenue was
also attributable to strong demand during the first half of 1998 for software
that complies
38
<PAGE> 41
with "Year 2000" requirements. The growth in product revenue was further
attributable to demand for software that complies with the EMU's conversion to
the euro, including business processing during the dual-currency phase. In
addition, increased demand within the application software industry was driven
by continued globalization of businesses and the need for an increased level of
integration between businesses and their partners in the areas of collaboration,
supply chain and electronic commerce. Under the assumption that 50% of the
Company's maintenance services revenues are related to the distribution of new
software releases and the other 50% to service-related maintenance, software
sales (comprising sales of new software licenses and of new software releases)
increased by 25% from DM 3,750.4 million in 1997 to DM 4,676.9 million in 1998.
Product revenues from service-related maintenance increased by 67.5% from DM
342.2 million in 1997 to DM 573.2 million in 1998.
Aggregate product revenues as a percentage of total sales revenues was
68.1% in 1997 and 62.1% in 1998. This decrease in product revenues as a
percentage of sales was due largely to more dramatic growth in 1998 in the
Company's consulting and training revenues (by DM 1,255.7 million or 68.6%)
compared to 1997, resulting primarily from the increased use of TeamSAP, as well
as from the weakening during the second half of 1998 of demand for Year 2000
compliant software. The Company believes that, beginning in the second half of
1998, companies began to dedicate available resources to the testing and
correction of existing systems for Year 2000 readiness, resulting in reduced
resources available to customers and potential customers for the purchase of
long lead-time software products such as those offered by the Company. See
"-- Factors That May Affect Future Results and Market Price of Stock -- Effects
of Year 2000 Issues on Customer Purchasing Behavior."
Product revenues attributable to the R/2 System declined by 20.7% from DM
222.6 million in 1997 to DM 176.4 million in 1998. This decline was due
primarily to the general shift in computer hardware from mainframe-oriented data
processing to the client/server model of computing. The Company believes that
R/2 System product revenues will continue to decline.
Consulting and Training Revenues. Consulting revenues increased from DM
1,251.1 million in 1997 to DM 2,193.3 million in 1998, representing an increase
of 75.3%. Consulting revenues as a percentage of total sales revenues increased
from 20.8% in 1997 to 25.9% in 1998. The primary reason for this growth in
consulting revenues was the increased use of TeamSAP.
Training revenues increased by 54.1% from DM 579.9 million in 1997 to DM
893.4 million in 1998. This increase was primarily due to the increase in the
number of installations, significant capital investments that were made in the
infrastructure of the training operations during 1997 and 1998, new curricula of
role-based end-user training and computer-based training modules, and increased
customer satisfaction.
Operating Expenses
Operating expenses increased from DM 4,487.7 million for 1997 to DM 6,761.7
million for 1998, representing an increase of DM 2,274.0 million or 50.7%. This
growth in expenses was the result of the increase in third-party services costs
associated primarily with the TeamSAP initiative, as well as the Company's
investment in personnel, facilities and equipment in continuing to build a
strong global infrastructure that is essential to the continued development and
distribution of industry-leading business software solutions. The Company
believes that this investment is necessary to the Company's continued growth and
prospects in 1999 and beyond.
Cost of Services and Materials. Cost of services and materials consists
primarily of fees paid to independent consultants assisting the Company in
supporting its customers and in developing enhancements to SAP Software
Products. The cost of services and materials also consists of telephone hotline
support of customers and the cost of multilingual product documentation. The
cost of services and materials increased by 94.8% from DM 605.7 million for 1997
to DM 1,180.1 million for 1998. This increase was due primarily to the increase
in the cost of purchased consulting services associated with the TeamSAP
initiative. The cost of purchased consulting services increased by 134.7% from
DM 310.9 million in 1997 to DM 728.5 million in 1998. These costs were charged
to customers as consulting service fees, which are reflected in consulting
revenues.
39
<PAGE> 42
Personnel Expenses. Personnel expenses represent the costs of salaries and
benefits payable to employees. Personnel expenses increased by 46.7% from DM
2,074.9 million for 1997 to DM 3,043.6 million for 1998. The overall number of
employees increased 50.2% from 12,856 to 19,308 at December 31, 1997 and 1998,
respectively. As a percentage of sales revenues, personnel expenses grew from
34.5% to 36.0%.
In 1998, personnel expenses included DM 47.5 million in reserves for stock
appreciation rights ("SARs") granted to eligible employees in May 1998 (the
"1998 SARs") under the Company's Stock Appreciation Rights Plan (the "STAR
Plan"). Disregarding the expense for the 1998 SARs, the increase in personnel
expenses from 1997 to 1998 would have been 44.3%. The 1998 SARs entitled the
eligible employees to receive a portion of the appreciation in the price of
Preference Shares during a measurement period of approximately one-year (May
1998 to April 1999). See "Item 12. Options to Purchase Securities from
Registrant and Subsidiaries -- STAR Plan."
The number of research and development employees increased 67.5% to 4,818
in 1998 from 2,876 in 1997. The percentage of employees working in the research
and development department increased from 22.4% in 1997 to 25.0% in 1998. The
number of employees in sales and marketing grew by 44.6% from 2,423 in 1997 to
3,503 in 1998. There were 3,013 new positions in service and support, an
increase of 46.0% from 6,557 employees at December 31, 1997 to 9,570 employees
at December 31, 1998.
In addition, the Company's continued commitment to international markets
required growth in employee numbers outside of Germany. In the Americas region,
the Company increased staff numbers by 58.1% from 3,785 at December 31, 1997 to
5,984 at December 31, 1998. In the EMEA region, the number of employees grew
46.4% from 7,485 at December 31, 1997 to 10,960 at December 31, 1998. In
Germany, the number of employees increased to 7,679 at December 31, 1998, 39.2%
more than the 5,516 at December 31, 1997. In the Asia-Pacific region, the number
of employees increased 49.0% from 1,586 to 2,364 at December 31, 1997 and 1998,
respectively.
Sales revenues per employee declined to DM 489 thousand from DM 521
thousand in the previous year based on an average number of employees for the
year of 17,323. The 6.5% decrease was caused by the significant rise in the
number of employees, which the Company believes is an investment in its future,
and by the negative effect of foreign exchange rate fluctuations on revenues.
Depreciation and Amortization. Depreciation charges relate primarily to the
depreciation of buildings, computer hardware and equipment and other property,
plant and equipment owned by the Company. Amortization arises primarily from the
amortization of the cost of software purchased by the Company and goodwill
arising from business acquisitions. Depreciation and amortization increased from
DM 195.3 million for 1997 to DM 271.3 million for 1998, representing an increase
of 38.9%.
Other Operating Expenses. Other operating expenses include travel,
marketing, license fees and commissions paid to third parties for databases and
the other complementary third-party products sublicensed by the Company to
customers, equipment rental, facilities leasing, telecommunications,
administration, exchange rate differences and entertainment expenses. Other
operating expenses increased from DM 1,611.7 million for 1997 to DM 2,266.7
million for 1998, representing an increase of 40.6%. This increase was primarily
due to increased travel, marketing, license and rent (including leasing of
computer hardware and equipment) expenses to support the continued growth of
operations.
Financial Income, Net
Financial income, net is composed primarily of net interest income,
loss/income from investments, income from marketable securities and loans of
financial assets and write-down of financial assets. Financial income, net
decreased from DM 54.7 million for 1997 to DM 27.1 million for 1998, a decrease
of 50.5%. This decrease resulted mainly from a DM 36.5 million loss in 1998
relating to the Company's investment in Pandesic LLC, its Internet joint venture
with Intel Corp., offset in-part by the continuing improvement in net interest
income (increase of DM 8.3 million in 1998) due to a larger average portfolio of
liquid assets. The Company expects to continue to incur losses in 1999 relating
to its investment in Pandesic LLC.
40
<PAGE> 43
Results from Ordinary Operations
Results from ordinary operations (pretax profits) increased from DM 1,666.9
million in 1997 to DM 1,920.2 million in 1998, or 15.2%. Before creation of
reserves for the 1998 SARs, results from ordinary operations would have
increased to DM 1,967.7 million, or 18.0%, compared to 1997. Results from
ordinary operations as a percentage of total sales revenue (pretax margin)
declined to 22.7% in 1998 from 27.7% in 1997.
Taxes on Income
The Company's effective income tax rate, before other taxes, on results
from ordinary operations increased from 42.5% for 1997 to 42.8% for 1998. This
increase was due primarily to operating losses incurred at SAP Japan for the
year ended December 31, 1998, for which no tax benefit was recognized under
German GAAP.
Net Income
Net income increased from DM 925.4 million in 1997 to DM 1,052.3 million in
1998, or 13.7%. Net income as a percentage of total sales revenues decreased
from 15.4% for 1997 to 12.4% for 1998. This decrease was due to higher relative
operating expenses associated with the Company's growth strategy and decreased
financial income, net. Net income was also adversely impacted by a loss of
approximately DM 100 million incurred for the year ended December 31, 1998 by
SAP Japan and allowances of approximately DM 40.0 million for operations in
Russia. See "-- Revenue by Geographic Location."
Research and Development Expenses
The Company expenses research and development costs as incurred. The
Company does not present research and development expenses separately in its
financial statements. The Company considers its research and development
expenses to include those personnel expenses related to research and development
employees, expenditures on computer hardware used in research and development
and expenditures on independent contractors retained by the Company to assist in
its research and development. Research and development expenses increased by DM
419.9 million, or 59.8%, from DM 701.8 million in 1997 to DM 1,121.7 million in
1998. As a percentage of total sales revenues, research and development expenses
increased from 11.7% for 1997 to 13.3% for 1998. The reason for the increase in
research and development expense as a percentage of total revenues was the
significant investment made by the Company in 1998. See "Item 1. Description of
Business -- Research and Development." Of the Company's total research and
development expenses for 1997 and 1998, 47.1% and 42.8%, respectively,
constituted personnel expenses. The number of research and development employees
increased from 2,876 in 1997 to 4,818 in 1998, representing an increase of
67.5%.
Year Ended December 31, 1997 Compared with Year Ended December 31, 1996
Sales Revenues
Total sales revenues increased from DM 3,722.2 million for 1996 to DM
6,017.5 million for 1997, representing an increase of DM 2,295.3 million or
61.7%. The revenue items contributing to the increase in total sales revenues in
1997 were increases in product revenues of 55.8%, consulting revenues of 70.2%
and training revenues of 89.4% compared to 1996.
Product Revenues. Product revenues increased from DM 2,630.5 million for
1996 to DM 4,097.1 million for 1997, representing an increase of DM 1,466.6
million or 55.8%. Aggregate product revenues as a percentage of total sales
revenues were 70.7% in 1996 and 68.1% in 1997. The primary reason for this
growth in product revenue was an increase in the number of software licenses for
new and existing customers, the expansion of the Company's operations,
particularly in the Americas and Asia-Pacific regions and growth in vertical
markets through the Industry Specific Products program. The growth in product
revenue was also attributable to strong demand for software that complied with
"Year 2000" requirements and with the EMU's
41
<PAGE> 44
conversion to the euro, including business processing during the dual-currency
phase. In addition, increased demand within the application software industry
was driven by continued globalization of businesses and the need for an
increased level of integration between businesses and their partners in the
areas of collaboration, supply chain and electronic commerce. Furthermore, a
general increase in information technology spending resulted from companies'
desires to obtain better data more quickly, thus allowing for faster responses
to increased levels of industry competition.
Product revenues attributable to the R/2 System declined by 8.2% from DM
242.5 million in 1996 to DM 222.6 million in 1997. This decline was due
primarily to the general shift in computer hardware from mainframe-oriented data
processing to the client/server model of computing.
Consulting and Training Revenues. Consulting revenues increased from DM
735.3 million in 1996 to DM 1,251.2 million in 1997, representing an increase of
70.2%. Consulting revenues as a percentage of total sales revenues increased
from 19.8% in 1996 to 20.8% in 1997.
Training revenues increased by 89.4% from DM 306.1 million in 1996 to DM
579.9 million in 1997. This increase was primarily due to the increase in the
number of installations, significant capital investments that were made in the
infrastructure of the training operations during 1996 and increased customer
satisfaction. Additionally, during 1997 customers were able to purchase training
materials that allowed the training application to be customized for their
internal training needs.
Operating Expenses
Operating expenses increased from DM 2,853.2 million for 1996 to DM 4,487.7
million for 1997, representing an increase of DM 1,634.5 million or 57.3%. The
primary expense items contributing to the increase in these expenses are
outlined below.
Cost of Services and Materials. The cost of services and materials
increased by 53.6% from DM 394.4 million for 1996 to DM 605.7 million for 1997.
The primary reason for this increase was the continuing growth of purchased
services for third-party consulting.
Personnel Expenses. Personnel expenses increased by 55.0% from DM 1,338.5
million for 1996 to DM 2,074.9 million for 1997. The overall number of employees
increased from 9,202 to 12,856 at December 31, 1996 and 1997, respectively. The
number of sales and marketing employees increased from 1,735 to 2,423 at
December 31, 1996 and 1997, respectively, representing an increase of 39.7%.
Depreciation and Amortization. Depreciation and amortization increased
from DM 164.6 million for 1996 to DM 195.3 million for 1997, representing an
increase of 18.7%.
Other Operating Expenses. Other operating expenses increased from DM 955.7
million for 1996 to DM 1,611.7 million for 1997, representing an increase of
68.6%. This increase is attributable to increased marketing, license, travel and
rent expenses to support the continued growth of operations. The Company
continued to lease computer hardware and equipment in 1997 to keep pace with the
rapid advancement of computer hardware technology, which in turn increased rent
expenses in 1997.
Financial Income, net
Financial income, net increased from DM 23.6 million for 1996 to DM 54.7
million for 1997, an increase of 132%. The continuing improvement in financial
income, net, was due to a larger average portfolio of cash and cash equivalents
and marketable securities.
Results from Ordinary Operations
Results from ordinary operations (pretax profits) increased from DM 967.2
million in 1996 to DM 1,666.9 million in 1997, or 72.3%. Results from ordinary
operations as a percentage of total sales revenue (pretax margin) increased to
27.7% in 1997 from 26.0% in 1996.
42
<PAGE> 45
Taxes on Income
The Company's effective income tax rate on results from ordinary operations
increased from 39.5% for 1996 to 42.5% for 1997. This increase was due primarily
to differing local tax treatments associated with the 1996 conversions and
distributions under the 1994 Program. The deductions taken for the 1997
distribution related to the 1994 Program were not significant. See "Item 12.
Options to Purchase Securities from Registrant of Subsidiaries -- 1994 Bonds."
Net Income
Net income increased from DM 567.5 million in 1996 to DM 925.4 million in
1997, or 63.1%. Net income as a percentage of total sales revenues increased
from 15.2% for 1996 to 15.4% for 1997.
Research and Development Expenses
Research and development expenses increased by DM 196.3 million, or 38.8%,
from DM 505.5 million in 1996 to DM 701.8 million in 1997. As a percentage of
total sales revenues, research and development expenses decreased from 13.6% for
1996 to 11.7% for 1997. The reason for the decline in research and development
expense as a percentage of total revenues was the continued rapid growth rate of
revenues related to sales of the R/3 System. Of the Company's total research and
development expenses for 1996 and 1997, 43.3% and 47.1%, respectively,
constituted personnel expenses. The number of research and development employees
increased from 2,059 in 1996 to 2,876 in 1997, representing an increase of
39.7%.
LIQUIDITY AND CAPITAL RESOURCES
Historically, the Company has funded most of its growth internally from
cash flow from operations and the sale of marketable securities. Over the past
several years, the Company's principal use of cash was to support continuing
operations and capital additions resulting from the Company's growth.
For the year ended December 31, 1998, the Company's cash provided by
operations amounted to DM 1,226.8 million, an increase of DM 318.5 million from
DM 908.3 million for the year ended December 31, 1997. Accounts receivable
increased from DM 2,435.7 million at December 31, 1997 to DM 2,964.6 million at
December 31, 1998, representing an increase of DM 528.9 or 21.7%. The increase
in accounts receivable during the period is attributable generally to the
increased level of licensing of the R/3 System and the relatively large monetary
commitment of customers who are parties to such license agreements. Customers
committing to a large licensing fee often negotiate payment terms over a longer
period than the term contained in the Company's standard licensing agreement.
Accounts payable during the same period increased at a rate of 41.4% or DM 131.9
million to DM 450.2 million at December 31, 1998 from DM 198.9 million at
December 31, 1997. The increase in accounts payable was due primarily to the
large increase in the amount of fixed assets, including buildings, computer
hardware and third-party consulting services purchased by the Company, generally
to support the growth in licensing of SAP Software Products.
Investing activities used DM 492.5 million of cash in 1998, a decrease of
DM 134.1 million from DM 626.6 million in 1997. Capital expenditures of the
Company during 1998 were DM 760.0 million, an increase of DM 185.3 million from
DM 574.7 million in 1997. Most of the capital expenditures in 1998 related to
the construction of buildings and to the purchase of computer hardware, and
other business equipment to support the increased number of employees and the
capitalization of goodwill associated with 1998 acquisitions. In addition,
during 1999, the Company expects to spend approximately DM 382 million for the
purchase of computer hardware and other business equipment to support the
increased number of employees and approximately DM 365 million primarily to fund
the development of additional corporate campuses in Walldorf, Germany, and in
Pennsylvania.
In the third quarter of 1997, the Company acquired a 25.2% interest in IDS
Scheer AG (formerly, IDS Prof. Scheer Gesellschaft fur integrierte
Datenverarbeitungssysteme mbH) ("IDS"). The principal shareholder of IDS is
Professor Dr. August Wilhelm Scheer, who was a member of SAP's Supervisory Board
at the time of such acquisition. In the fourth quarter of 1997, the Company
acquired a 50% interest in SAP Labs
43
<PAGE> 46
GmbH, Mannheim (formerly, Kiefer & Veittinger GmbH). In the second quarter of
1998, the Company acquired an additional 30.2%, and in the first quarter of 1999
the Company acquired the remaining 19.8%. Acquisitions in 1998 did not,
individually or in the aggregate, materially affect the comparability of the
current financial information with that of prior years.
Financing activities used cash of DM 221.9 million in 1998, an increase of
DM 57.1 million from DM 164.8 million in 1997. At December 31, 1998, the Company
had outstanding long-term financial debt of DM 51.7 million, consisting
primarily of money borrowed by SAP Japan, the outstanding 1994 Bonds and
short-term financial debt of approximately DM 188.3 million (consisting
primarily of money borrowed by SAP Japan and guaranteed by the Company).
Certain of the Company's foreign subsidiaries have lines of credit
available which allow them to borrow in the local currency, to the extent SAP
that has guaranteed the repayment of amounts borrowed. At December 31, 1998, the
Company had approximately DM 526.7 million available through such arrangements
under which the Company may borrow on an overdraft or short-term basis. Interest
under these lines of credit is determined at the time of borrowing based on
current market rates.
The STAR Plan provides for the grant of SARs to Executive Board members and
eligible executives and employees of SAP and its wholly-owned subsidiaries. No
payments were made with respect to the 1998 SARs because the grant price (DM
785) exceeded the end price (approximately DM 659 or EUR 337). In May 1999, the
Executive Board and the Supervisory Board authorized the granting of 1.6 million
SARs (the "1999 SARs") to eligible employees and executives. Any amounts accrued
under the STAR Plan will be recorded as compensation expense in the Company's
consolidated income statements and may negatively impact the Company's results
of operations, net income and cash flows. In 1998, the Company accrued reserves
of DM 47.5 million with respect to the 1998 SARs. Because of the decline in the
price of the Preference Shares subsequent to December 31, 1998, these accrued
amounts (as adjusted for U.S. GAAP) were reversed during the first quarter of
1999. See "Item 12. Options to Purchase Securities from Registrant or
Subsidiaries -- STAR Plan."
The Company believes that cash flow from operations, existing cash and cash
equivalents and short-term marketable securities will be sufficient to meet the
Company's working capital needs and currently planned capital expenditure
requirements for the next 12 months. However, there can be no assurance that a
downturn in the economy worldwide, or for a particular region, or for the
Company's products and services in general, will not change this outlook.
The Company may from time to time consider acquisitions of complementary
businesses, products or technologies, which could require additional financing.
In addition, continued growth in the Company's business may from time to time
require additional capital. There can be no assurance that additional capital
will be available to the Company if and when required, or that such additional
capital will be available on acceptable terms to the Company.
YEAR 2000 COMPLIANCE
The Year 2000 issue is a result of computer systems and other electronic
equipment using processors or embedded chips which are coded to accept only two
digit entries in the date code field and not being able to distinguish whether
"00" means 1900 or 2000. These date code fields will need to accept four digit
entries to distinguish 21st century dates from 20th century dates. The potential
for system errors and failures involves proprietary and third-party IT and
non-IT systems used in all aspects of the Company's operations, including
computer systems, voice and data networks and the infrastructure of its
facilities.
State of Readiness. The Company has performed extensive testing to
validate that current versions of the R/3 System and the R/2 System are Year
2000 compliant. These testing processes were monitored and certified by the RW
Technischer Uberwachungs Verein e. V. (RWTUV) to verify that such testing
processes were sufficient to determine that such software products are Year 2000
compliant. While current versions of the R/2 System were determined to be Year
2000 compliant based upon these testing processes, certain outdated versions of
the R/2 System may require an upgrade to be made Year 2000 compliant.
Additionally,
44
<PAGE> 47
while current versions of the R/3 System were determined to be Year 2000
compliant based upon these testing processes, certain outdated versions of the
R/3 System may require an upgrade to resolve certain Year 2000 compliance issues
arising from the integration of such versions of the R/3 System with third-party
database software or third-party operating system software. Based upon the
information collected by the Company to date, only a small minority of the
Company's customers have in productive use such outdated versions of the R/3
System which require an R/3 System upgrade. Certain other R/3 System customers
may only require a minor update, which generally can be completed in several
hours, to resolve Year 2000 compliance issues relating to third-party database
or operating system integration. In limited cases where a customer is required
to upgrade its third-party database or third-party operating system for Year
2000 compliance of these third-party products, a minor update of the R/3 System
may be required to integrate it properly with such third-party products.
The Industry Specific Products and independent business solutions have been
designed and developed to be Year 2000 compliant, and have been or are being
tested internally by the Company to verify that such software products are Year
2000 compliant.
The SAP Software Products, including the Systems, were developed to
function directly with database software, computer operating systems and other
complementary computer software and hardware products developed and maintained
by independent third-party vendors. While such independent vendors may provide
information with respect to the Year 2000 compliance of their respective
products, the Company has not tested such third-party products to verify that
they are Year 2000 compliant.
Except as set forth above, the Company does not expect any Year 2000
compliance issues to arise related to the Systems or the other SAP Software
Products. However, there can be no assurance that the Systems, the other SAP
Software Products or complementary third-party products that interact with SAP
Software Products will operate properly in the Year 2000. Such failure of the
Systems, the other SAP Software Products or complementary third-party products
to be Year 2000 compliant could have a material adverse effect on the Company's
business, financial condition, results of operations or cash flows.
The Company's internal business information systems primarily comprise the
same commercial application software products generally offered for license by
the Company to end-user customers and, therefore, as discussed above, have been
tested extensively to validate that they are Year 2000 compliant. However, the
Company's internal business processes rely on third-party vendor network
equipment, telecommunication products and other third-party software and
hardware products which may or may not be Year 2000 compliant. In 1998, the
Company established a corporate task force to coordinate its internal Year 2000
project across all business functions and geographic areas. This task force
periodically presents status reports on the Year 2000 project to the Company's
Executive Board.
The Company's Year 2000 project involves the following five steps to
prepare internally for the Year 2000:
1) Inventory -- build an inventory of critical components used in the
hardware, software and embedded systems;
2) Assessment -- assess Year 2000 compliance of third-party IT and non-IT
systems and products through independent research and by requesting
third-party vendors and service providers to certify Year 2000
readiness;
3) Remediation -- Determine which third-party IT and non-IT systems and
products to replace, retrofit or retire; initiate and implement
conversion to Year 2000 compliant systems;
4) Testing -- assess remaining risks and develop and implement test
scenarios; and
5) Contingency plans -- develop, implement and monitor contingency plans.
To date, approximately 40% of the Company's Year 2000 project has been
completed, including 90% of the inventory and assessment steps and approximately
70%, 20% and 40% of the remediation, testing and
45
<PAGE> 48
contingency plans steps, respectively. The Company expects that its Year 2000
project will be substantially completed by September 1999.
Costs. The Company currently estimates that the costs associated with its
Year 2000 project will be approximately DM 6.4 million. This estimate comprises
primarily allocated costs of the Company's participating employees, the cost of
hardware and software required to complete year 2000 testing within the Company
and consulting fees. Through the year ended December 31, 1998, approximately DM
1.3 million of costs associated with the Year 2000 project have been incurred.
These costs are charged to expenses as they are incurred.
Risks; Contingency Plans. There can be no assurance that the IT and non-IT
systems and products of the Company's third-party business partners, suppliers,
government entities, customers or others will achieve Year 2000 compliance in a
timely manner. The Company expects that the actions currently being taken will
significantly reduce the risks of an adverse impact. However, due to the scope
of the Company's operations and the extent of Year 2000 risks, it is likely that
the Company will not be able to eliminate all potential problems before they
arise. The Company believes that the reasonably worst case scenarios in
connection with the Year 2000 problem include: (i) corruption of data contained
in the Company's internal information systems; (ii) hardware failure; and (iii)
the failure of infrastructure services provided by government agencies or other
third parties, such as electricity, telecommunications services or water
transport. Failure of any critical IT or non-IT components to operate properly
in the Year 2000 may have a material adverse effect on the Company's business,
financial condition, results of operations or cash flows.
As part of its Year 2000 project, the Company is in the process of
completing its contingency plans for both IT and non-IT systems. These
contingency plans include, among other things, "work-arounds" for software and
hardware failures, substitution of systems and identification of key contacts
worldwide who will be responsible for addressing specific issues and
implementing contingency plans.
It has been widely reported that a significant amount of litigation will
arise out of Year 2000 compliance issues, and the Company is aware of the
growing number of lawsuits against other software vendors concerning Year 2000
compliance. Since this area of law is relatively new, the Company cannot predict
how it will be affected. There can be no assurance that the Company will not be
the subject of a lawsuit concerning Year 2000 compliance. A lawsuit of this
nature, with or without merit, could have a material adverse effect on the
Company's business, financial condition, results of operations or cash flows.
The Company's business, financial condition, results of operations or cash
flows may be materially adversely affected by the impact of the Year 2000 issue
on the purchasing patterns of the Company's customers and potential customers.
See "-- Factors That May Affect Future Results and Market Price of
Stock -- Effects of Year 2000 Issues on Customer Purchasing Behavior."
EURO CURRENCY
Effective January 1, 1999, the euro was introduced in the 11 member states
of the European Union (including Germany) participating in the EMU as a common
legal currency among those states for "paperless" transactions, pending the
substitution of euro bank notes and coins for the national currencies of the
participating member states between January 1, 2002 and July 1, 2002. Effective
July 1, 2002, the euro will be the official legal tender for the participating
member states, and the national currencies of those member states will be
withdrawn from circulation. Accordingly, until July 1, 2002, business in
participating member states will be conducted in both the existing national
currency and the euro and, thereafter, exclusively in the euro, and companies
operating in or conducting business in these participating member states will
need to ensure that their financial and other software systems are capable of
processing transactions and properly handling these currencies, including the
euro. As of January 1, 1999, fixed exchange rates were introduced, according to
which funds denominated in the currency of one participating member state are
converted into the currency of another participating member state. Effective
February 26, 1999, all of SAP's share capital was converted to the euro.
46
<PAGE> 49
Products. The transition to the euro involves changing budgetary,
accounting and fiscal systems in companies and public administration, as well as
the simultaneous handling of national and euro currencies. Additional programs
are necessary to convert legacy data. SAP Software Products are designed to
accommodate the implementation of the euro, and the Company believes that it
will be able to accommodate any required euro changes in SAP Software Products.
However, there can be no assurance that SAP Software Products will contain all
euro currency requirements. Any inability of the SAP Software Products to comply
with euro requirement could have a material adverse effect on the Company's
business, financial condition, results of operations or cash flows.
Competitive Implications. The Company does not expect the conversion to
the euro to have a material effect on the pricing of the Company's products and
services or on the markets for SAP Software Products. As a result, the Company
believes that the introduction of the euro will not have a material adverse
effect on the Company's business, financial condition, results of operations or
cash flows.
Systems. Effective as of January 1, 1999, the Company adopted the euro as
its financial accounting and reporting currency. Because the Company's internal
business information systems primarily comprise the same commercial application
software products generally offered for license by the Company to end-user
customers, the Company does not expect that the euro conversion will have a
material adverse effect on its business, financial condition, results of
operations or cash flows.
Currency and Foreign Exchange Exposure. The introduction of fixed exchange
rates among the participating member states and the ultimate transition to the
euro will eliminate the need for currency exchange transactions in the national
currencies of these states, resulting in transaction cost savings to companies,
such as the Company, based in those states. In addition, interest rate
differences between the participating member states will also disappear,
eliminating the basis for hedging and other derivative transactions with respect
to such national currencies and thereby creating further opportunities for
transaction cost savings. The substitution of the euro for existing national
currencies in the participating member states will also trigger the need to
modify many financial instruments, including derivatives. These instruments will
most likely be replaced by instruments denominated in the euro or subject to
exchange rates or interest rates based on the euro. To the extent that the
Company engages in significant hedging and other investment transactions in the
national currencies of the participating member states, it expects that its
foreign exchange rate exposure will be reduced as a result of the introduction
of the euro. Moreover, the Company believes that it may realize annual savings
due to reduced transaction and foreign currency hedging costs. There can be no
assurance, however, when and to what degree the Company will ultimately realize
these benefits from the introduction of the euro.
FACTORS THAT MAY AFFECT FUTURE RESULTS AND MARKET PRICE OF STOCK
The Company operates in a dynamic and rapidly changing environment that
involves numerous risks and uncertainties, some of which are beyond the
Company's control. The following discussions highlights some of these risks.
Hiring and Retention of Employees
The Company's success is dependent upon its ability to attract and retain
highly skilled managerial, research and development, technical (e.g., consulting
and customer support) and marketing personnel. The Company's success could be
adversely affected if senior managers or other such skilled personnel were to
leave the Company and qualified replacements were not available. Competition for
managerial and skilled personnel in the software industry is intense. Such
personnel in certain regions (including the United States) are in short supply.
As a result, technology firms have been, and may continue to be, required to
increase compensation and incentives in order to continue to recruit and retain
this talent. In addition, most of the Company's current key employees are
subject to employment agreements or conditions which (i) do not contain post-
employment non-competition agreements and (ii) in the case of most of the
Company's existing employees outside of Germany, permit the employees to
terminate their employment on relatively short notice. There can be no assurance
that the Company will continue to be able to attract and retain the personnel it
requires to
47
<PAGE> 50
develop and market new and enhanced products and to market and service its
existing products and conduct its operations successfully, and any inability to
do so could have a material adverse effect on the Company's business, financial
condition, results of operations or cash flows. In addition, the Company may
experience increased compensation costs in order to attract and retain skilled
employees.
Management of Growth; Cost Structure
During the past several years, the Company has experienced rapid and
substantial growth throughout its global operations, with sales revenues
increasing from DM 6,017.5 million in 1997 to DM 8,465.3 million in 1998 and the
number of its employees increasing from 12,856 at December 31, 1997 to 19,308 at
December 31, 1998. The Company continued to hire new employees during the first
quarter of 1999. There can be no assurance that the Company's significant
increases in employees and infrastructure will result in comparable growth in
revenue or operating results in the future. The Company's recent increases in
costs have taken place during a period when the growth in demand for enterprise
resource planning software has slowed, principally as a consequence of the Year
2000 issue. See "-- Effects of Year 2000 Issues on Customer Purchasing
Behavior." As a result, the Company experienced a reduction in revenues per
employee in 1998 compared to 1997. This trend may continue into the future
unless the Company is able to increase its software licensing revenues by, among
other things, successfully bringing its new products to market. In addition,
future increases in the Company's overall profit margins will depend on its
ability to increase its software licensing revenues at a rate in excess of its
growth rate in historically lower-margin services revenue. See "-- Revenue Mix."
There can be no assurance that the Company can effectively organize, train,
supervise, integrate and utilize its personnel throughout its global presence,
or that the level or quality of service to its customers will be adequate to
satisfy their expectations or, especially with respect to the performance of any
of the Company's partners or other third parties, be satisfactorily monitored
and controlled. Any inability to manage growth effectively could have a material
adverse effect on the Company's business, financial condition, results of
operations or cash flows.
Competitive Environment; Rapid Technological Change
The software industry is intensely competitive. The Company has global,
regional and local competitors. Some of the Company's competitors and many of
the Company's potential competitors are involved in a wider range of businesses,
and some competitors and potential competitors have a larger installed customer
base for their products and services, or have significantly greater financial,
technical, marketing and other resources than the Company, enhancing their
ability to compete with the Company.
The Company's primary product, the R/3 System, is designed to provide
customers with a palette of standard business solutions arranged in applications
which provide integrated enterprise-wide processing of business work flows.
There are many other companies engaged in the research, development and
marketing of standard application software and associated applications
development tools and decision support products, some of which may develop (or
may have already developed) an overall concept which may be perceived to be as
good as or better than the Systems. As a result, competition, including with
respect to product quality, consulting and support services and pricing, could
increase substantially and result in price reductions or loss of market share.
In response to competition, the Company has been required in the past, and may
be required in the future, to furnish additional discounts to customers or
otherwise modify its pricing practices, which may negatively impact revenues in
the periods recognized and for succeeding periods. Such discounts or other
modifications may have a material adverse effect on the Company's business,
financial condition, results of operations or cash flows.
In addition, the Company, together with certain of its business partners,
has commenced offering certain SAP Software Products to medium- and
smaller-sized customers as a component of outsourcing offerings, in which
license and maintenance fees may be paid to the Company on a per user, per month
or similar subscription basis (rather than an upfront license fee payment).
While the Company expects that its outsourcing program will generate incremental
revenue from medium- and smaller-sized customers, there can be no assurance that
such program will be successful or, if successful, that it will not negatively
impact the Company's standard pricing model. In addition, the proliferation of
outsourcing of enterprise business
48
<PAGE> 51
applications could result in increased competition through the entry of systems
integrators, consulting firms, telecommunications firms, computer hardware
vendors and other outsourcing providers. There can be no assurance that such
negative impact on the Company's standard pricing model or increased competition
will not have a material adverse effect on the Company's business, financial
condition, results of operations of cash flows.
Since the launch of the R/3 System in the early 1990s, several competitors
have entered the market offering enterprise-wide, client/server business
application software. The Company believes that its experience with business
process applications, its increasingly flexible, component-based installation
options and its focus on Industry Specific Products give it a competitive
advantage, but there can be no assurance that the Company's strategies will
prove to be successful. Historically, most of the Company's competitors provided
solutions which covered certain functional areas, offering the customer a
software application product designed for a specific business or manufacturing
process. Such products compete with individual functions offered by the Company.
The Company's competitors have already broadened, or are implementing plans to
broaden, the scope of their business activities into other areas of the market.
A successful niche competitor may be able to capitalize upon the success of a
niche product by developing and marketing broader system applications in
competition with the Company. Niche competitors may also benefit from
alternative delivery systems, such as the Internet, to become more competitive
with the Company. Therefore, there can be no assurance that the Company will be
able to compete successfully with its existing competitors or with new
competitors in the marketplace. Such inability to compete could have a material
adverse effect on the Company's business, financial position, results of
operations or cash flows.
The Company's success will also depend in part on its ability to continue
to develop and introduce to the market product enhancements and new solutions
which respond to the rapid changes in hardware and software technology and
communication and business channels (such as the Internet). In addition, the
Company must respond to changes in customers' business practices and needs. Many
of the Company's New Dimension products will compete directly with products
which have been established in their respective market niche for some period of
time and which may have a significant existing installed base of customers.
There can be no assurance that the development of these or any other Company
products will be completed in a timely manner, or at all, in order to compete
with the products offered by competitors. Nor can there be any assurance that
the Company will be successful in anticipating and developing product
enhancements or new solutions to address adequately changing technologies and
customer requirements, or that any such enhancements or solutions will be
successful in the marketplace. The Company's failure to anticipate and develop
technological improvements, to adapt its products to technological change,
emerging industry standards and customer requirements or to produce high-quality
products, enhancements and releases in a timely manner in order to compete with
applications offered by its competitors, could have a material adverse effect on
the Company's business, financial position, results of operations or cash flows.
Implementation Time and Costs
Implementation of the Company's software is a process that often involves a
significant commitment of resources by the Company's customers and is subject to
a number of significant risks over which the Company has little or no control.
Some of the Company's customers have incurred significant third-party consulting
costs and experienced protracted implementation times in connection with the
purchase and installation of the R/3 System. The Company believes that these
costs and delays were due in many cases to the fact that, in connection with the
implementation of the R/3 System, these customers conducted extensive business
re-engineering projects involving complex changes relating to business
processing within the customer's own organization. However, criticisms regarding
these additional costs and protracted implementation times have been directed at
the Company, and there have been, from time to time, shortages of
Company-trained consultants available to assist customers in the implementation
of its products. While the Company believes that its products can be installed
as efficiently as comparable software offered by its competitors, it has
established initiatives offering accelerated installation support and/or fixed
fees for certain R/3 System installation projects. In addition, the success of
new software products introduced by the Company may be adversely impacted by the
perceived time and cost to implement existing SAP Software Products or the
actual
49
<PAGE> 52
time and cost to implement such new products. There can be no assurance that
such protracted installation times or criticisms of the Company will not
continue, that shortages of Company-trained consultants will not occur or that
the costs of installation projects will not exceed the fixed fees being charged
by the Company. The occurrence of such protracted installation times,
criticisms, shortages or excesses may have a material adverse effect on the
Company's business, financial condition, results of operations or cash flows.
Product Development
The Company's future success will depend in part upon its ability to: (i)
continue to enhance and expand its core applications; (ii) continue to provide
best-in-class enterprise solutions; (iii) enter new markets; and (iv) develop
and introduce new products that satisfy increasingly sophisticated customer
requirements, that keep pace with technological developments (including, in
particular, developments related to the Internet) and that are accepted in the
market. The Company is devoting significant resources to the enhancement of its
existing products and the development of new product lines, including the
Industry Specific Products, the New Dimension products and its mySAP.com
offerings. While the Company believes that these new products and product
enhancements and the mySAP.com offerings, create significant potential for
market growth, there can be no assurance that they will be developed or
introduced in a timely manner or that they will be successful in the market. The
failure of such new products and product enhancements or the mySAP.com offerings
to be developed and introduced into the market, to be successful in the market
or otherwise to generate increased revenues could have a material adverse effect
on the Company's business, financial condition, results of operations or cash
flows.
New products and product enhancements can require long development and
testing periods to achieve market acceptance, which may result in delays in
scheduled introduction. Such new products and product enhancements may also
sometimes contain a number of undetected errors or "bugs" when they are first
released. In the first year following the introduction of certain releases, the
Company generally devotes significant resources, primarily consulting services,
to work with early customers to correct such errors. There can be no assurance,
however, that all such errors can be corrected to the customer's satisfaction,
with the result that certain customers may seek cash refunds, replacement
software or other concessions. See "-- Warranty and Other Claims." Moreover, the
risks of error and their adverse consequences may increase as the Company seeks
simultaneously to introduce a variety of new software products, in greater
numbers than ever before.
Although the Company extensively tests each release before introducing it
to the market, there can be no assurance that significant errors will not be
found in existing or future releases of Company software products, with the
possible result that significant resources and expenditures may be required in
order to correct such errors or otherwise satisfy customer demands. Significant
undetected errors or delays in new products or new versions of a product may
affect market acceptance of Company software products and could have a material
adverse effect on the Company's business, financial condition, results of
operations or cash flows.
Effects of Year 2000 Issues on Customer Purchasing Behavior
The Company believes that issues relating to the Year 2000 "millenium bug"
have affected, and may continue to affect, the purchasing patterns of the
Company's customers and potential customers. Over the past several years,
companies have expended significant resources to replace, correct or patch their
current software systems for Year 2000 compliance. The Company believes that,
during prior years and the first half of 1998, such expenditures had a positive
impact on the purchase of the software products offered by the Company and the
rest of the enterprise resource planning industry, as many customers elected to
replace non-compliant legacy systems with compliant enterprise resource planning
software. The Company believes that, beginning in the second half of 1998,
however, companies began to dedicate available resources to the testing and
correction of existing systems for Year 2000 readiness, resulting in reduced
resources available to such customers and potential customers for the purchase
of long lead-time software products such as those offered by the Company.
Moreover, the Company believes that this shift in customer purchasing behavior
started in mid-1998, well before the advent of the Year 2000, as customers
perceived that the implementation time and costs of switching their legacy
systems to enterprise resource planning software forced them to make an early
50
<PAGE> 53
decision whether to make the switch in time for January 1, 2000, or to delay the
switch until later. As a result, the Company, and the enterprise software
industry in general, has experienced significant deceleration from the strong
annual growth rates in product revenue experienced in recent prior years, which
deceleration continued through the first quarter of 1999. While the Company
believes that many companies will have completed the testing and correction of
existing systems for Year 2000 readiness by the second half of 1999, there can
be no assurance that customer resources will again be available at that time for
the improvement of internal business systems. Even once customer resources are
again available, it may take some time for any increase in demand for enterprise
resource planning software to translate into meaningful increased growth in the
Company's revenues and pretax profits since the Company's enterprise resource
planning software has a relatively long sales cycle. Thus, while the Company
believes that customer demand for SAP Software Products will increase, there can
be no assurance that this increase will occur by the second half of 1999 or at a
later time, or that it will in fact occur at all, or that it will result in
immediate benefits to the Company. Thus, current and future shifts in customer
spending purchasing behavior could result in a material adverse effect on the
Company's business, financial condition, results of operations or cash flows.
Variability of Quarterly Operating Results
The Company's net revenues and operating results can vary, sometimes
substantially, from quarter to quarter. The Company's revenues in general, and
in particular its license revenues, are difficult to forecast for a number of
reasons, including: (i) the relatively long sales cycles for the Company's
products; (ii) the size and timing of individual license transactions; (iii) the
timing of the introduction of new products or product enhancements by the
Company or its competitors; (iv) the potential for delay or deferral of customer
implementations of SAP Software Products; (v) changes in customer budgets; (vi)
seasonality of a customer's technology purchases; (vii) the effect of U.S. GAAP
on software revenue recognition; and (viii) other general economic and market
conditions.
Historically, the Company's business, as is common in the software
industry, has experienced its highest revenues in the fourth quarter of each
year, due primarily to year-end capital purchases by customers. Such factors
have resulted in 1998, 1997 and 1996 first quarter revenues being lower than
revenues in the prior year's fourth quarter. This trend continued in the first
quarter of 1999, and the Company believes that this trend will continue in the
future and that its revenues will peak in the fourth quarter of each year and
decline from that level in the first quarter of the following year. Because the
Company's operating expenses are based upon anticipated revenue levels and
because a high percentage of the Company's expenses are relatively fixed in the
near term, any shortfall in anticipated revenue or delay in recognition of
revenue could result in significant variations in the Company's results of
operations from quarter to quarter.
The Company significantly increased in 1998, and plans to continue to
increase in 1999, expenditures in order to fund continued development of its
operations, greater levels of research and development, a larger direct and
indirect sales and marketing staff, development of new distribution and resale
channels and broader customer support capability. Such increases in expenditures
will depend, among other things, upon ongoing results and evolving business
needs. To the extent such expenses precede or are not subsequently followed by
increased revenues, the Company's quarterly operating results would be
materially adversely affected and may vary significantly from preceding or
subsequent quarters.
Revenue Mix
Growth in software licensing revenues in the enterprise resource planning
software industry has exhibited a declining trend since the middle of 1998,
while at the same time industry growth in revenues generated from services
continues to accelerate. This trend continued for the Company in the first
quarter of 1999. Variances or slowdowns in the Company's prior licensing
activity may negatively impact its current and future revenues from services
since such services revenues typically lag license fee revenues. Accordingly,
future growth in such services revenues may depend on the Company's ability to
increase the installed base of SAP Software Products. In addition, growth in
service revenues will depend on the Company's ability to compete effectively in
obtaining customer engagements to provide services related to SAP Software
Products.
51
<PAGE> 54
On average, the Company's revenues from services historically require a
higher level of expenditures as a percentage of revenues when compared to the
Company's revenues from licensing SAP Software Products. In particular, the
Company used significant third-party consulting services in connection with the
TeamSAP initiative. These costs incurred by the Company for such third-party
consulting services were charged to customers as consulting service fees, which
are reflected in consulting revenues. Any decrease in the percentage of the
Company's total revenues derived from software licensing could have a material
adverse effect on the Company's business, financial condition, results of
operations or cash flows.
Reliance on Third Parties
The Company has entered into agreements with a number of leading computer
software and hardware vendors and telecommunications providers to cooperate to
ensure that certain of the software and hardware products produced by such
vendors are compatible with SAP Software Products. The Company has also
supplemented its consulting and support services (in the areas of product
implementation, training and maintenance) through "alliance partnerships" with
third-party hardware and software vendors, systems integrators, major accounting
firms and other consulting firms. Most of these agreements and partnerships are
of relatively short duration and all are non-exclusive. In addition, the Company
has established relationships relating to the resale of certain SAP Software
Products by third parties. These third parties include certain value-added
resellers and, in the area of outsourcing services, certain computer hardware
vendors, systems integrators and telecommunications providers. There can be no
assurance that these third parties or partners, most of which have similar
arrangements with the Company's competitors and some of which also produce their
own standard application software in competition with the Company, will continue
to cooperate with the Company when such agreements or partnerships expire or are
up for renewal. In addition, there can be no assurance that such third parties
or partners will provide high-quality products or services. The failure to
obtain high quality products or services or to renew such agreements or
partnerships could adversely affect the ability of the Company to continue to
develop product enhancements and new solutions which keep pace with anticipated
changes in hardware and software technology and telecommunications, or could
adversely affect the market for SAP Software Products, and, as a result, could
adversely affect the Company's business, financial condition, results of
operations or cash flows.
The Company licenses numerous critical third-party software products that
it incorporates into its existing software products. The termination of any of
the Company's licenses for such third-party software, or the Company's inability
to license critical third-party software for future products, could have a
material adverse effect on the Company's business, financial condition, results
of operations or cash flows. These adverse effects could include, for example,
SAP Software Products becoming inoperable or their performance being materially
reduced, with the result that the Company may need to incur additional
development costs to ensure continued performance of its products. In addition,
a material increase in the costs of licensing any of these third-party software
products could have a material adverse effect on the Company's business,
financial condition, results of operations or cash flows.
General Economic and Market Conditions
The licensing of SAP Software Products is normally only one element of a
significant capital investment by a customer in business information systems.
This investment typically also includes hardware and telecommunications
procurement, implementation and training and often a major re-engineering of the
customer's corporate business practices. Implementation of the Systems can
constitute a major portion of the customer's overall corporate services budget,
and the amount customers are willing to invest in acquiring and implementing
such Systems has tended to vary in cycles that reflect overall economic
conditions. A recession or other difficulty in the economies where the Company
licenses its products, including the United States, Latin America, Europe and
Asia, could have a material adverse effect on the Company's business, financial
condition, operating results or cash flows.
The Company has reassessed, and continues to closely monitor, its
international business risks due to recent economic and political conditions in
the Asia-Pacific region. The economic and financial crisis in Japan
significantly impacted the Company's operating results for 1998. At the
beginning of the year, it appeared that
52
<PAGE> 55
the Company's operations in Japan would not be significantly influenced by the
crisis. Late in the second quarter of 1998, Japanese businesses began to scale
down planned implementations of SAP Software Products or to schedule these
projects over a longer period than first anticipated. As a result, product
purchasing cycles in Japan became more unpredictable. Although at that time the
Company expected that the situation in Japan would not improve quickly, and
consequently adjusted internal expectations more than once, the worsening of the
crisis and its effects on the Company, in particular at the end of 1998, was not
anticipated by the Company. These developments led to product sales revenues for
SAP Japan that were approximately DM 200 million lower than had been planned. As
a result of this shortfall in product revenues, SAP Japan incurred a loss of
approximately DM 100 million for the year ended December 31, 1998. In early
1999, the Company's Japanese sales operation was reorganized to improve the
accuracy and quality of sales forecasting, as well the Company's orientation to
the altered purchasing behavior of major companies in Japan. However, there can
be no assurance that the current economic or political conditions in Japan or in
the other countries of the Asia-Pacific region will not worsen or that the
situation will not negatively impact the Company's business, financial
condition, results of operations or cash flows.
During 1998, the financial crisis in the countries of the former Soviet
Union led companies operating in the area to be confronted with ever-worsening
solvency problems. As a result, the Company made allowances in 1998 for its
operations in Russia, resulting in a reduction in its 1998 results from ordinary
operations by approximately DM 40 million, and has changed from the accrual to
the cash basis of accounting in Russia. There can be no assurance that the
current financial crisis in Russia or the other countries of the former Soviet
Union or the economic or political conditions in other countries in eastern
Europe will not worsen or that the situation will not further negatively affect
the Company's business, financial condition, results of operations or cash
flows.
Dependence on Proprietary Technology
The Company relies on a combination of the protections provided by
applicable trade secret, copyright, patent and trademark laws, license and
non-disclosure agreements and technical measures to establish and protect its
rights in its software products. There can be no assurance that these
protections will be adequate or that the Company's competitors will not
independently develop technologies that are substantially equivalent or superior
to the Company's technology. Despite the Company's efforts, it may also be
possible for third parties to copy certain portions of the Company's products or
reverse-engineer or otherwise obtain and use information that the Company
regards as proprietary. In addition, the laws of certain countries do not
protect the Company's proprietary rights to the same extent as do the laws of
the United States or Germany. Accordingly, there can be no assurance that the
Company will be able to protect its proprietary software against unauthorized
third-party copying or use, which could adversely affect the Company's
competitive position.
Some of the Company's competitors may have been more aggressive than the
Company in applying for or obtaining patent protection for innovative
proprietary technologies. The Company has a patent program; however, although
the Company has a number of patent applications pending for inventions claimed
by the Company, no patents have yet issued. There can be no assurance that, in
the future, patents of third parties will not preclude the Company from
utilizing a technology in its products or require the Company to enter into
royalty and licensing arrangements on terms that are not favorable to the
Company.
The Company is not presently aware of any claims of infringement by its
products of third-party proprietary rights that it believes will have a material
adverse effect upon the Company's business, financial condition, results of
operations or cash flows. However, the Company expects that its software
products will increasingly be subject to such claims as the number of products
and competitors in the Company's industry segment grows and the functionality of
products overlap. There can be no assurance that, in the future, a third party
will not assert that the Company's technology violates its patents, copyrights
or trade secrets. Any such claims, with or without merit, can be time consuming
for management personnel and result in costly litigation. Moreover, the
settlement or adverse resolution thereof could require the Company to enter into
royalty and licensing arrangements which may be not be available on terms
acceptable to the Company, and the Company
53
<PAGE> 56
may be unable to develop or license a substitute technology. The occurrence of
any such event could have a material adverse effect on the Company's business,
financial condition, results of operations or cash flows.
Warranty and Other Claims
The use of SAP Software Products by customers in business-critical
applications and processes creates the risk that customers or other third
parties may pursue warranty or other claims against the Company in the event of
actual or alleged failures of SAP Software Products. The Company has in the past
been, and may in the future continue to be, subject to such warranty or other
claims related to the functioning of SAP Software Products. In addition, certain
of the Company's Internet browser-enabled products include security features
that are intended to protect the privacy and integrity of customer data. Despite
these security features, the Company's products may be vulnerable to break-ins
and similar problems caused by Internet users, such as hackers bypassing
firewalls and misappropriating confidential information. Such break-ins or other
disruptions could jeopardize the security of information stored in and
transmitted through the computer systems of the Company's customers. Addressing
problems associated with such actual or alleged failures could have a material
adverse effect on the Company's business, financial condition, results of
operations or cash flows. Although the Company's license agreements contain
provisions designed to limit its exposure as a result of such actual or alleged
software failures or such security problems, such provisions may not be
effective under applicable law. A successful claim could have a material adverse
effect on the Company's business, financial condition, results of operations or
cash flows. In addition, defending such a claim, regardless of its merits, or
otherwise satisfying affected customers could entail substantial expense and
require the time and attention of key management personnel.
Substantial Control by Major Shareholders
As of April 15, 1999, the beneficial holdings of SAP's three principal
shareholders (the "Principal Shareholders"), the holdings of certain of their
respective immediate family members and the holdings of entities controlled by
certain of the Principal Shareholders (the "Related Entities"), constituted in
the aggregate 63.931% of the outstanding Ordinary Shares. The Principal
Shareholders disclaim beneficial ownership with respect to Ordinary Shares owned
by immediate family members. The Principal Shareholders, an immediate family
member of one of the Principal Shareholders and the Related Entities have
informed the Company that they are parties to the Pooling Agreement, pursuant to
which they have agreed to vote 50.0002% of the outstanding Ordinary Shares as a
block, thereby enabling them, among other things, to elect 50% of the members of
the Supervisory Board (representing 100% of the members that are elected by
shareholders rather than employees). The Principal Shareholders, their
respective immediate families and the Related Entities will retain the voting
power to approve most matters requiring approval by the shareholders of the
Company, including approving the amount of dividends to be paid on the Ordinary
Shares and the Preference Shares and approval of certain mergers and other
significant corporate transactions, such as a sale of substantially all of the
Company's assets. The Pooling Agreement also contains certain restrictions on
transfer, and may have the effect of delaying or preventing a change in control
of the Company. See "Item 4. Control of Registrant."
Volatility of Stock Price
The Company participates in a dynamic industry that is intensely
competitive and the trading prices of the ADSs and the Preference Shares have
experienced and may continue to experience significant volatility. The current
trading price of the ADSs and the Preference Shares reflects certain
expectations about the future performance and growth of the Company. There can
be no assurance that the Company will be able to meet those expectations. In
addition, the Company's revenues can vary, sometimes substantially, from quarter
to quarter, causing significant variations in operating results during certain
quarters. The Company has generally realized lower revenues from license fees in
the first quarter of the year than in the fourth quarter of the previous year.
See "-- Variability of Quarterly Operating Results."
Accordingly, the Company's future earnings and stock price may be subject
to significant volatility, particularly on a quarterly basis. Any shortfall in
revenue or earnings from annual levels projected by the
54
<PAGE> 57
Company or other projections made by securities analysts could have an immediate
and significant adverse effect on the trading price of the ADSs or the
Preference Shares in any given period. Additionally, the Company may not be able
to confirm any such shortfalls until late in the quarter or following the end of
the quarter because license agreements are often executed late in a quarter.
Finally, the stock prices for many companies in the technology and emerging
growth sector have experienced wide fluctuations, which have often been
unrelated to individual company operating performance. The trading price of the
ADSs or the Preference Shares may fluctuate in response to the announcement of
new products or product enhancements by the Company or its competitors,
technological innovation by the Company or its competitors, quarterly variations
in the Company's or its competitors' results of operations, changes in revenue
and revenue growth rates on a consolidated basis or for specific geographic
areas, business units, products or product categories, speculation in the press
or analyst community and general market conditions specific to particular
industries. Such fluctuations may adversely affect the market price of the ADSs
or the Preference Shares.
The ADSs and the Preference Shares have experienced extreme price
fluctuation. There can be no assurance that the trading price of the Preference
Shares or the ADSs will not continue to fluctuate widely in response to
variations in operating results, announcements of technological innovations or
new products by the Company or its competitors, as well as other factors
(including those described above). In the past, companies that have experienced
volatility in the market price of their stock have been the object of securities
class action litigation. Any such securities class action litigation against the
Company, with or without merit, could result in substantial costs and the
diversion of management's attention and resources.
Shares Available for Future Sale
The Principal Shareholders, their respective immediate families and the
Related Entities own beneficially a majority of the outstanding Ordinary Shares.
The Principal Shareholders disclaim beneficial ownership with respect to
Ordinary Shares owned by immediate family members. The sale of a large number of
Ordinary Shares by any of such shareholders could have a negative effect on the
trading price of the ADSs or the Preference Shares. Except for certain transfer
restrictions and rights of first refusal contained in the Pooling Agreement, SAP
is not aware of any restrictions on the transferability of the shares owned by
the Principal Shareholders, any of their immediate family members or any Related
Entity.
In 1994, the Company sponsored the 1994 Program under which (i) the 1994
Bonds were issued to German employees and (ii) the Rights were issued to
non-German employees, which Rights relate to the no-par Preference Shares
underlying 1994 Bonds issued to a special purpose vehicle. See "Item 12. Options
to Purchase Securities from Registrant or Subsidiaries -- 1994 Bonds." Upon the
exercise of a Right, the special purpose vehicle converts the 1994 Bonds into
Preference Shares, and the Preference Shares are promptly sold on the open
market in order to obtain cash to pay the value of the exercised Right. The 1994
Bonds are convertible and the Rights are exercisable, in each case, on each June
30, July 31, August 31, September 30, October 31 and November 30, until June 30,
2004. Under the 1994 Program, DM 20 million in 1994 Bonds were issued, and, at
December 31, 1998, 17.1% of the 1994 Bonds remained outstanding and 685,501
Preference Shares would be issued upon the conversion thereof.
Currency Exchange Rate Fluctuations Effects
A significant portion of the Company's business is conducted in currencies
other than the euro and the Mark. Of the Company's consolidated revenues in 1998
and 1997, approximately 82% and 81%, respectively, were attributable to
non-German operations and translated into Marks. As a consequence,
period-to-period changes in the average exchange rate in a particular currency
can significantly affect reported revenues and operating results. In general,
appreciation of the euro and the Mark relative to another currency has a
negative effect on reported consolidated revenues, results from ordinary
operations and net income, while depreciation of the euro and the Mark has a
positive effect. Most of SAP's subsidiaries have entered into licensing
agreements with SAP, pursuant to which the subsidiaries are required to pay SAP
a royalty equivalent to a percentage of the product fees paid to them by their
customers in the currency of such fees within 90 days following the end of the
month in which the subsidiary recognizes the revenue. These inter-company
royalties payable to SAP are generally denominated in the respective
subsidiary's local currency in order to centralize
55
<PAGE> 58
the foreign currency risks with SAP in Germany. The delay between the date when
the subsidiary records product revenue and the date when payment is made to SAP
by such subsidiary exposes the Company to the risk of loss due to currency
fluctuation.
Because a significant portion of the Company's revenues is from countries
other than Germany and denominated in currencies other than the euro and the
Mark, the Company has significant exposure to the risk of currency fluctuations,
especially to fluctuations in the value of the Dollar, Japanese Yen, the Swiss
Franc, the British Pound Sterling, the Brazilian Real, the Canadian Dollar and
the Australian Dollar. Conversely, increases in the value of the Dollar or other
currencies, relative to the euro and the Mark may positively affect earnings,
although such positive effects may be only short-term in nature.
The Company continually monitors its exposure to currency risk and pursues
a Company-wide foreign exchange risk management policy and may hedge such risks
with certain financial instruments. However, such hedging may not necessarily be
wholly effective since the Company's full-year earnings as of each December 31
are adjusted by reference to exchange rates in effect as of that date. There can
be no assurance, therefore, that exchange rate fluctuations will not have a
material adverse effect upon the Company's financial condition or results of
operations. See "-- Exchange Rate Exposure."
The currency in which the Preference Shares are traded is the euro. While
the currency in which the ADSs are traded is Dollars, the trading price of the
ADSs is expected to be largely based upon the trading price of the underlying
Preference Shares in its principal trading market in the Frankfurt Stock
Exchange. Therefore, currency fluctuations between the Dollar and the euro may
have an adverse effect upon the value of the ADSs. Cash dividends payable to
holders of ADSs will be paid to the Depositary in euros and, subject to certain
exceptions, will be converted by the Depositary into Dollars for payment to such
holders. The amount of dividends received by the holders of ADSs, therefore,
will also be affected by fluctuations in exchange rates as well as by the
specific exchange rate used by the Depositary (which may incorporate fees
charged thereby).
Risks Associated with International Operations
The Company's products and services are currently marketed in over 100
countries, with the EMEA and the Americas regions being the Company's principal
markets. In 1998, revenues derived from outside Germany totaled DM 6,900.2
million, representing approximately 82% of the Company's total revenues. Sales
in the Company's principal markets are subject to risks inherent in
international business activities, including, in particular, general economic
conditions in each country, overlap of differing tax structures, management of
an organization spread over various jurisdictions, unexpected changes in
regulatory requirements, exchange rate fluctuations and compliance with a
variety of foreign laws and regulations. Other general risks associated with
international operations include import and export licensing requirements, trade
restrictions, changes in tariff and freight rates, and travel and communication
costs.
In order to support the growth of the Company's business in international
markets, the Company expects to continue to incur significant costs to build
infrastructure ahead of anticipated revenues. As a result of this expansion, the
Company must continue to implement and improve its operational and financial
control systems and to expand, train and manage its employee base and
relationships with third-party implementation providers. These factors have
placed, and are expected to continue to place, a significant strain on the
Company's management and operations. There can be no assurance that the
Company's international operations will continue to be successful or that the
Company will be able to manage effectively the increased level of operations.
The inability to manage these activities effectively could have a material
adverse effect on the Company's business, financial condition, results of
operations or cash flows.
Possible Adverse Impact of Adoption of U.S. GAAP
Effective for fiscal year 1999 and thereafter, the consolidated financial
statements of the Company will be prepared exclusively in compliance with U.S.
GAAP. Under U.S. GAAP, the Company will recognize revenue in accordance with the
American Institute of Certified Public Accountants Statement of Position 97-2,
"Software Revenue Recognition" ("SOP 97-2"). The application of SOP 97-2 may
require the Company to defer recognition of license revenues for a significant
period of time after entering into a license
56
<PAGE> 59
agreement. Factors which may require such a deferral include: (i) whether the
license agreement relates to then currently undeliverable software products;
(ii) whether enterprise transactions include both software products that are
then currently deliverable and software products that are still under
development or other undeliverable elements; (iii) whether the Company is
obligated to provide services that include significant modifications,
customizations or complex interfaces; (iv) whether the license agreement
includes phased maintenance rates or non-standard prices for maintenance and/or
services; (v) whether the license agreement includes non-standard acceptance
criteria that may preclude revenue recognition prior to customer acceptances;
and (vi) whether the license agreement includes fees with extended payment terms
or fees that depend upon acceptance of services or other contingencies. Because
of the factors listed above and other specific requirements under published U.S.
GAAP standards for software revenue recognition, the Company must have very
precise terms in its license agreements in order to recognize revenue when it
initially delivers software. From time to time, the Company must negotiate and
revise certain of its standard terms and conditions and, in certain cases, the
Company may not obtain terms and conditions that permit recognition of all fees
payable by the customer as revenue at the time of delivery or even as work on
the project is completed.
Generally, amounts deferred in one period are partially or fully offset by
the recognition of amounts deferred in previous periods. Accordingly, changes in
current product revenues, the amounts deferred from such revenues and the timing
and amounts of revenue recognized for previous deferrals may significantly
impact the Company's financial condition and results of operations. In addition,
due to the seasonality of the Company's business (see "-- Variability of
Quarterly Operating Results"), the effect of applying SOP 97-2 may have a
material positive or negative impact on the Company's financial condition and
results of operations for individual quarters.
The effects of SOP 97-2 have required and may continue to require the
Company to significantly change its business practices in order to recognize a
greater portion of its product revenue upon delivery. Such changes may extend
sales cycles, increase administrative costs and efforts, impact product sales
and otherwise adversely affect the Company's business, financial condition,
results of operations or cash flows.
Enforceability of U.S. Judgments
SAP is a stock corporation (Aktiengesellschaft ) organized under the laws
of Germany. All members of SAP's Supervisory Board (Aufsichtsrat) and Executive
Board (Vorstand ) are non-residents of the United States. A substantial portion
of the assets of such persons and the Company are located outside the United
States. As a result, it may not be possible to effect service of process within
the United States upon such persons or the Company or to enforce against them
judgments obtained in U.S. courts predicated upon the civil liability provisions
of the securities laws of the United States. In addition, awards of punitive
damages in actions brought in the United States or elsewhere may be
unenforceable in Germany.
ITEM 9A. QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURE ABOUT MARKET RISK.
To ensure the adequacy and effectiveness of the Company's foreign exchange
hedge positions, and to monitor the risks and opportunities of its non-hedge
portfolios, the Company continually monitors its foreign forward and option
positions. In addition, the Company monitors its interest rate swap positions,
if any, both on a stand-alone basis and in conjunction with its underlying
foreign currency and interest rate exposures, from an economic and an accounting
perspective. However, there can be no assurance that the programs described
below with respect to the management of currency exchange and interest rate risk
will offset more than a portion of the adverse financial impact resulting from
unfavorable movements in either the foreign exchange rates or interest rates.
FOREIGN CURRENCY RISK
Most of SAP's subsidiaries have entered into license agreements with SAP
pursuant to which the subsidiary has acquired the right to sublicense SAP
Software Products to customers within a specific territory. Under these license
agreements, the subsidiaries generally are required to pay SAP a royalty
equivalent to a percentage of the product fees paid to them by their customers
within 90 days following the end of the month
57
<PAGE> 60
in which the subsidiary recognizes the revenue. These inter-company royalties
payable to SAP are generally denominated in the respective subsidiary's local
currency in order to centralize foreign currency risk with SAP in Germany. The
delay between the date when the subsidiary records product revenue and the date
when payment is made to SAP by such subsidiary exposes the Company to foreign
exchange risk. See "Item 9. Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial
Condition and Results of Operations -- Exchange Rate Exposure."
The Company enters into foreign exchange forward contracts and currency
options to protect the existing and/or expected foreign currency inter-company
claims and liabilities. Specifically, these foreign exchange contracts offset
existing and anticipated inter-company receivables in the countries with
significant operations, including the United States, Japan, the United Kingdom,
Switzerland and Canada. Historically, anticipated receivables represented
expected inter-company amounts resulting from revenues generated within the next
12 months from the purchase date of the derivative instrument. Management
believes the use of foreign currency derivative financial instruments reduces
the risks that arise from doing business in international markets and holds such
instruments for purposes other than trading. Generally, the maturities of such
derivative instruments do not exceed 12 months from the date of purchase.
The table below provides information about the Company's derivative
financial instruments that are sensitive to foreign currency exchange rates,
including foreign exchange forward contracts. The table presents fair values,
notional amounts (at the contract exchange rates) and the respective weighted
average contractual foreign currency exchange rates. The fair values do not
reflect any foreign exchange gains or losses on the underlying inter-company
receivables and payables. In addition, the table below does not include foreign
currency risks associated with third-party receivables and payables denominated
in currencies other than the functional currency of the reporting subsidiary.
See notes to the consolidated financial statements included in "Item 18.
Financial Statements" for further information on the Company's foreign exchange
derivative instruments.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
DM FUNCTIONAL CURRENCY
---------------------------------------------
CONTRACT FAIR VALUE
FOREIGN CURRENCY RISK (VALUE IN DM (000)) NOTIONAL AMOUNTS DECEMBER 31, 1998(1)
- ----------------------------------------- ---------------------- --------------------
EXPECTED MATURITY DATE
1999
<S> <C> <C>
DERIVATIVES USED TO MANAGE BALANCE SHEET TRANSACTIONS
FOREIGN CURRENCY FORWARD CONTRACTS
(Receive DMs, Sell Local Currency)
U.S. Dollars............................................ 200,120 0
Weighted Average Contractual Exchange Rate.............. 1.67
British Pounds.......................................... 40,534 29
Weighted Average Contractual Exchange Rate.............. 2.80
Canadian Dollars........................................ 14,053 52
Weighted Average Contractual Exchange Rate.............. 1.08
Swiss Franc............................................. 6,625 32
Weighted Average Contractual Exchange Rate.............. 1.23
Australian Dollars...................................... 6,157 19
Weighted Average Contractual Exchange Rate.............. 1.03
</TABLE>
58
<PAGE> 61
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
DM FUNCTIONAL CURRENCY
---------------------------------------------
CONTRACT FAIR VALUE
FOREIGN CURRENCY RISK (VALUE IN DM (000)) NOTIONAL AMOUNTS DECEMBER 31, 1998(1)
- ----------------------------------------- ---------------------- --------------------
EXPECTED MATURITY DATE
1999
<S> <C> <C>
DERIVATIVES USED TO MANAGE ANTICIPATED TRANSACTIONS
FOREIGN CURRENCY FORWARD CONTRACTS
(Receive DMs, Sell Local Currency)
U.S. Dollars............................................ 169,396 (217)
Weighted Average Contractual Exchange Rate.............. 1.68
Japanese Yen............................................ 116,640 600
Weighted Average Contractual Exchange Rate.............. 1.45
British Pounds.......................................... 49,066 35
Weighted Average Contractual Exchange Rate.............. 2.82
Swiss Francs............................................ 11,794 57
Weighted Average Contractual Exchange Rate.............. 1.22
</TABLE>
- ---------------
(1) Equivalent to the unrealized gain/(loss) on existing contracts.
INTEREST RATE RISK
The Company invests its cash primarily in bank time deposits and fixed and
variable rate marketable debt securities denominated in Marks. See "Item 9.
Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of
Operations -- Interest Rate Exposure." The Company does not expect changes in
the quoted market prices of time deposits to have a material effect on results
of operations or cash flows. The Company has in the past entered into, and in
the future may enter into, interest rate swaps to better manage the interest
income on its cash equivalents and marketable securities and to partially
mitigate the impact of German interest rate fluctuations on these investments.
The Company holds such derivative instruments for purposes other than trading.
No swaps were outstanding at December 31, 1998.
The table below presents principal (or notional) amounts (in thousands of
DM unless otherwise indicated), respective fair values at December 31, 1998 and
related weighted average interest rates by year of maturity for the Company's
investment portfolio.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
EXPECTED MATURITY DATE
------------------------------------------------------ FAIR VALUE
1999 2000 2001 2002 2003 THEREAFTER TOTAL DECEMBER 31, 1998
----- ------ ------ ------ ------ ---------- ------- -----------------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
LONG-TERM INVESTMENTS (DM)
Fixed rate.......................... 5,778 -- -- -- -- 101,146 106,924 114,774
Average interest rate............... 4.5% 6.12%
----- ------ ------ ------ ------ ------- ------- -------
Total investments................... 5,778 -- -- -- -- 101,146 106,924 114,774
===== ====== ====== ====== ====== ======= ======= =======
</TABLE>
ITEM 10. DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS OF REGISTRANT.
GENERAL
In accordance with the German Stock Corporation Act (Aktiengesetz), SAP has
a Supervisory Board (Aufsichtsrat ) and an Executive Board (Vorstand ). The two
Boards are separate, and no individual may serve simultaneously as a member of
both Boards.
The Executive Board is responsible for managing the day-to-day business of
SAP in accordance with the German Stock Corporation Act and the Articles of
Association. The Executive Board is authorized to represent SAP and to enter
into binding agreements with third parties on behalf of SAP. The principal
function of the Supervisory Board is to supervise the Executive Board. It is
also responsible for appointing and removing the members of the Executive Board
and representing the Company in connection with transactions between an
Executive Board member and the Company. The Supervisory Board may not make
management
59
<PAGE> 62
decisions, but may determine that certain types of transactions require its
prior consent. In carrying out their duties, the members of the Supervisory
Board and the Executive Board must exercise the standard of care of a diligent
and prudent business person. In complying with such standard of care, the
members must take into account a broad range of considerations, including the
interests of SAP and its shareholders, employees and creditors. In addition, the
members of the Executive Board and the Supervisory Board are personally liable
for certain violations of the German Stock Corporation Act by SAP.
SUPERVISORY BOARD (AUFSICHTSRAT)
The Supervisory Board of SAP consists of 12 members, of which six members
are elected by SAP's shareholders at a general shareholders' meeting and six
members are elected by SAP's employees pursuant to the German Co-determination
Act of 1976 (Mitbestimmungsgesetz). Any Supervisory Board member elected by the
shareholders at the general shareholders' meeting may be removed by two-thirds
of the votes cast at a general shareholders' meeting. Any Supervisory Board
member elected by the employees may be removed by three-quarters of the votes
cast by the employees.
The Supervisory Board chooses a Chairman and a Vice Chairman from among its
members by a majority vote of its members. If such majority is not reached on
the first vote, the Chairman will be chosen solely by the members elected by the
shareholders, and the Vice Chairman will be chosen solely by the members elected
by the employees. Unless otherwise provided for by law, the Supervisory Board
acts by simple majority. In the case of any deadlock, the Chairman has the
deciding vote.
The members of the Supervisory Board are each elected for the same fixed
term of approximately five years. The term expires at the end of the annual
general shareholders' meeting after the fourth fiscal year following the year in
which the Supervisory Board was elected. Reelection is possible. The term of a
member of the Supervisory Board appointed by a court to cure a deficiency in the
composition of the Supervisory Board ends at the time when such deficiency is
cured. The term of a member of the Supervisory Board elected by the shareholders
to succeed a departing member ends at the time when the term of the original
member would have ended. A substitute member of the Supervisory Board may be
elected by the shareholders at the same time as a member to replace such member
in case he or she departs. The term of a substitute member who replaces a
departing member ends with the conclusion of the next general shareholders'
meeting where members of the Supervisory Board are elected or, at the latest, at
the time when the term of the original member would have ended. The remuneration
of the members of the Supervisory Board is determined by the Articles of
Association.
The Supervisory Board may appoint committees from among its members and
may, to the extent permitted by law, vest committees with the authority to make
decisions. Currently, three committees exist: the Audit Committee
(Bilanzprufungsausschuss), the Executive Committee (Ausschuss fur
Vorstandsangelegenheiten) and the Mediation Committee (Vermittlungsausschuss).
The current members of the Supervisory Board of SAP, each such member's
principal occupation, the year in which each was first elected and the year in
which the term of each expires, respectively, are as follows.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
YEAR FIRST YEAR TERM
NAME PRINCIPAL OCCUPATION ELECTED EXPIRES
---- -------------------- ---------- ---------
<S> <C> <C> <C>
Dietmar Hopp, Chairman(1)(2)...... Former Co-speaker of SAP's 1998 2003
Executive Board
Dr. Wilhelm Haarmann(1)........... Attorney, Haarmann, Hemmelrath & 1988 2003
Partner
Klaus-Dieter Laidig(1)............ Managing Partner, Laidig Business 1996 2003
Consulting GmbH
Hartmut Mehdorn(1)................ Chairman of Executive Board, 1998 2003
Heidelberger Druckmaschinen AG;
Member of Executive Board, RWE AG
and Lahmeyer AG
Dr. Dieter Spori(1)............... Partner, Baumgartner & Partner 1998 2003
Unternehmensberatung GmbH
</TABLE>
60
<PAGE> 63
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
YEAR FIRST YEAR TERM
NAME PRINCIPAL OCCUPATION ELECTED EXPIRES
---- -------------------- ---------- ---------
<S> <C> <C> <C>
Dr. h.c. Klaus Tschira(1)(3)...... Former Member of SAP's Executive 1998 2003
Board
Helga Classen, Vice Chairman(4)... Employee 1993 2003
Willi Burbach(4).................. Employee 1993 2003
Bernhard Koller(4)................ Employee 1989 2003
Dr. Gerhard Maier(4).............. Employee 1989 2003
Dr. Barbara Schennerlein(4)....... Employee 1998 2003
Alfred Simon(4)................... Employee 1993 2003
</TABLE>
- ---------------
(1) Elected by SAP's shareholders on May 7, 1998.
(2) Mr. Hopp is a party to the Pooling Agreement. See "Item 4. Control of
Registrant."
(3) Dr. Tschira is a party to the Pooling Agreement. See "Item 4. Control of
Registrant."
(4) Elected by SAP's employees on April 3, 1998.
EXECUTIVE BOARD (VORSTAND)
Pursuant to the Articles of Association, SAP's Executive Board must consist
of at least two members. Any two members of the Executive Board or one member of
the Executive Board and the holder of a procuration (a power of attorney) may
legally represent SAP. Each member of the Executive Board is appointed by the
Supervisory Board for a maximum term of five years and is eligible for
reappointment thereafter. Under certain circumstances, such as a serious breach
of duty or a vote of no confidence (Vertrauensentzug) by a majority of the
holders at a general shareholders' meeting, a member of the Executive Board may
be removed by the Supervisory Board prior to the expiration of such term. A
member of the Executive Board may not vote on matters relating to certain
contractual agreements between such member and the Company and may be liable to
SAP if such member has a material interest in any contractual agreement between
the Company and a third party which was not disclosed to, and approved by, the
Supervisory Board.
The current members of the Executive Board, the year in which each such
member was first appointed and the year in which the term of each expires,
respectively, are as follows.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
YEAR CURRENT
YEAR FIRST TERM
NAME APPOINTED(1) EXPIRES
---- ------------- ------------
<S> <C> <C>
Prof. Dr. h.c. Hasso Plattner, Co-speaker.......... 1988 2002
Prof. Dr. Henning Kagermann, Co-speaker............ 1991 2002
Dr. Peter Zencke................................... 1993 2002
Dr. Claus Heinrich................................. 1996 2000
Gerhard Oswald..................................... 1996 2000
</TABLE>
- ---------------
(1) SAP became a stock corporation (Aktiengesellschaft) with an Executive Board
in 1988.
The current members of the Executive Board and a description of their
management responsibilities and backgrounds are as follows.
Prof. Dr. h.c. Hasso Plattner, Co-speaker, 55 years old, engineering
graduate. Prof. Dr. h.c. Plattner is one of the founders of SAP. He became Vice
Chairman of the Executive Board in 1988 and Co-speaker in 1997. He is
responsible for basis development, technology and Industry Specific Products
development, marketing, corporate communications and the Americas region.
Prof. Dr. Henning Kagermann, Co-speaker, 51 years old, mathematics and
physics graduate. Prof. Dr. Kagermann joined SAP in 1982. He became a member of
the Executive Board in 1991 and Co-speaker in 1998. He is responsible for
financial development and accounting applications, several Industry Specific
61
<PAGE> 64
Products, international business development and human resources development. He
also oversees finance and administration and the management of the EMEA region.
Dr. Peter Zencke, 48 years old, mathematics and economics graduate. Dr.
Zencke joined SAP in 1984 and became a member of the Executive Board in 1993. He
is responsible for the R/3 System's logistic applications, development and
implementation tools and several Industry Specific Products. He also oversees
the Company's operations in the Asia-Pacific region.
Dr. Claus Heinrich, 43 years old, business management and operations
research graduate. Dr. Heinrich joined SAP in 1987. He is responsible for the
R/3 System logistics applications as well as several Industry Specific Products
and human resources development. Dr. Heinrich has been involved in logistics
development for SAP since 1987.
Gerhard Oswald, 45 years old, economics graduate. Mr. Oswald joined SAP in
1981. Mr. Oswald is responsible for R/3 System corporate services and the
internal IT infrastructure.
Effective September 3, 1998, Paul Wahl resigned from the Executive Board.
No replacement was appointed.
ITEM 11. COMPENSATION OF DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS.
The total remuneration of all members of the Supervisory Board for the year
1998 amounted to DM 1,096,200. In addition to reimbursement of out-of-pocket
expenses, members of the Supervisory Board receive an annual fixed payment,
which amounts to EUR 10,226 for the Chairman, EUR 7,669 for the Vice Chairman
and EUR 5,113 for all other members of the Supervisory Board, plus a variable
payment that depends on the dividends based on capital stock paid to SAP's
shareholders, i.e., EUR 1,790 for each percentage of SAP's share capital
represented by such dividends. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Chairman, the
Vice Chairman and the other members of the Supervisory Board will not receive
annual remuneration in excess of EUR 71,581, EUR 53,686 and EUR 35,790,
respectively. The total remuneration of all members of the Executive Board for
the year 1998 amounted to DM 7,988,000.
ITEM 12. OPTIONS TO PURCHASE SECURITIES FROM REGISTRANT OR SUBSIDIARIES.
1988 BONDS
In 1988, the Company sponsored an employee convertible bond program to
provide an opportunity for its employees to participate in the appreciation in
the value of the Ordinary Shares and Preference Shares by issuing 20,000 bonds,
each with a nominal amount of DM 50 (the "1988 Bonds") in the aggregate nominal
amount of DM 1 million to its employees. Each 1988 Bond accrues interest at a
floating rate and is convertible into four Ordinary Shares and one Preference
Share. The conversion rights of the holders of 1988 Bonds expired on October 20,
1998. See notes 25 and 30 to the Company's consolidated financial statements
included herein.
1994 BONDS
In 1994, the Company sponsored an employee convertible bond program (the
"1994 Program") to provide an opportunity for its worldwide employees to
participate in the appreciation of the value of the Preference Shares by issuing
400,000 bonds, each with a nominal amount of DM 50 and convertible into DM 50
Preference Shares (the "1994 DM 50 Bonds") in the aggregate nominal amount of DM
20 million. On July 17, 1995, SAP effected a 1:10 stock split with respect to
1,950,000 DM 50 Preference Shares to reflect the reduction in the nominal value
of such DM 50 Preference Shares from DM 50 to DM 5. The 1994 DM 50 Bonds were
split accordingly into 4,000,000 bonds, each with a nominal amount of DM 5 (the
"1994 Bonds"). Each 1994 Bond accrues interest at the rate of 6% per annum and
is convertible into one Preference Share at the conversion price of DM 100.
Under the 1994 Program, the Company issued 1994 Bonds in the aggregate nominal
amount of approximately DM 11.4 million (the "German 1994 Bonds") to Volksbank
Wiesloch eG, which holds such German 1994 Bonds as a trustee for the Company's
German employees participating in the 1994 Program. The conversion rights with
respect to the German 1994 Bonds became
62
<PAGE> 65
exercisable for the first time on September 30, 1996 and may be exercised
thereafter on each June 30, July 31, August 31, September 30, October 31, and
November 30, until June 30, 2004. In respect of the Company's non-German
employees participating in the 1994 Program, the Company issued 1994 Bonds in
the aggregate amount of approximately DM 8.6 million (the "Non-German 1994
Bonds") to Volksbank Wiesloch eG, which acts as trustee for a special purpose
vehicle (the "Administrator"), whereupon the Administrator issued to such
employees participation rights (the "Rights") related to the Preference Shares
into which the Non-German 1994 Bonds are convertible. Upon an employee's
exercise of his or her Rights, an appropriate number of Non-German 1994 Bonds
would be converted into Preference Shares and those Preference Shares promptly
sold on the open market in order to obtain cash to pay the value of the
exercised Right. The Rights became exercisable for the first time on September
30, 1996 and may be exercised thereafter on each June 30, July 31, August 31,
September 30, October 31 and November 30, until June 30, 2004. The cash payout
price approximates the market price of the Preference Shares sold, less DM 100
per Preference Share and certain other costs. At December 31, 1998, 17.1% of the
1994 Bonds remained outstanding, and 685,501 Preference Shares would be issued
upon the conversion thereof. See notes 25 and 30 to the Company's consolidated
financial statements included herein.
STAR PLAN
The STAR Plan provides for the grant of SARs to Executive Board members and
eligible executives and employees of SAP and its wholly-owned subsidiaries. The
STAR Plan is administered by SAP's Executive Board with respect to eligible
employees and by the Supervisory Board with respect to Executive Board members.
The Executive Board or the Supervisory Board, as applicable, has the authority
to determine: (i) the persons to whom grants may be made under the STAR Plan,
provided that, except for the 1998 SARs, they have been employed by the Company
for two years as of the date of grant; (ii) the size and other terms and
conditions of each grant; (iii) the time when the grants will be made and the
duration of any applicable exercise or restriction period, including the
criteria for vesting and the acceleration of vesting; and (iv) any other matters
arising under the STAR Plan. Any amounts accrued under the STAR Plan are
recorded as compensation expense in the Company's consolidated income statements
and may negatively impact the Company's results of operations, net income and
cash flows.
On May 1, 1998, the Executive Board granted the 1.1 million SARs comprising
the 1998 SARs to employees who were employed by the Company on or prior to June
30, 1996. The Supervisory Board determined the allocation of the 1998 SARs to
the Executive Board. The 1998 SARs entitled the eligible employee to receive a
portion of the appreciation in the price of Preference Shares during the
measurement period that began when the grant price was set and ended when the
end price was set. The grant price was DM 785 (which was the average closing
price of a Preference Share over the 10 business days beginning on March 26,
1998 and ending on April 8, 1998). The end price was approximately DM 659 (EUR
337) (which was the average closing price of a Preference Share over the 10
calendar days beginning with the announcement on April 21, 1999 of the Company's
1999 first quarter earnings and ending on April 30, 1999). Accordingly, no
payments were made with respect to the 1998 SARs. In 1998, the Company accrued
reserves of DM 47.5 million with respect to the 1998 SARs. Because of the
decline in the price of the Preference Shares subsequent to December 31, 1998,
these accrued amounts (as adjusted for U.S. GAAP) were reversed during the first
quarter of 1999.
In May 1999, the Executive Board granted approximately 1.5 million SARs to:
(i) employees who were employed by the Company on or prior to January 1, 1997
(the "1999 Employee SARs"); and (ii) certain executives who were employed by the
Company on or prior to January 1, 1997 (the "1999 Executive SARs"). The
Supervisory Board determined the allocation of the 1999 Executive SAR grants to
the Executive Board. An additional 100,000 1999 SARs were authorized as a
reserve to be issued in connection with the 1999 SAR grants. The 1999 SARs will
entitle the eligible participants to receive the appreciation in the price of
Preference Shares during the measuring period that began when the grant price
was set and ends when the end price is set. The grant price of the 1999 SARs was
EUR 337 (which was the average closing price of a Preference Share over the 10
calendar days beginning with the announcement on April 21, 1999 of the Company's
1999 first quarter earnings and ending on April 30, 1999). The end price for the
1999 Employee
63
<PAGE> 66
SARs will be the average closing price of a Preference Share over the 20
business days immediately following the date of the announcement of SAP's
preliminary 1999 full year earnings in January 2000. The end price for the 1999
Executive SARs will be the average closing price of a Preference Share over the
20 business days immediately following the announcement of SAP's preliminary:
(i) 1999 full-year earnings, with respect to the initial one-third of the grant;
(ii) 2000 full-year earnings, with respect to the second one-third of the grant;
and (iii) 2001 full-year earnings, with respect to the final one-third of the
grant. Participants in the 1999 Executive SARs will have the option to delay the
valuation of the end price with respect to the initial or second third of their
awards until a subsequent end price determination date. For each 1999 SAR
awarded, the eligible participants will be entitled to receive cash equal to
100% of the increase in the price of the Preference Shares above the grant price
at the end of the measurement period. Payments, if any, with respect to the 1999
Employee SARs will be made in three equal installments in July 2000, January
2001 and July 2001, provided that (subject to certain exceptions) the
participating employee continues to be actively employed on such dates.
Payments, if any, with respect to the 1999 Executive SARs will be made in July
2000, July 2001 and July 2002, provided that (subject to certain exceptions) the
participating executive continues to be actively employed on such dates.
GERMAN EMPLOYEE STOCK PURCHASE PLANS
SAP maintains two employee stock purchase plans for its German employees:
(i) an ongoing payroll deduction plan (the "German Payroll Deduction Plan"); and
(ii) an annual purchase plan (the "German Annual Plan"). Under the German
Payroll Deduction Plan, an eligible German employee is able to purchase Ordinary
Shares or Preference Shares through payroll deductions of up to 10% of the gross
monthly salary of the employee and Company contributions of 15% of the Ordinary
Share or Preference Share purchase price as well as the assumption of ancillary
purchase expenses. As soon as the amount available for an employee is sufficient
together with the Company contribution to purchase a Preference Share or an
Ordinary Share, such purchase is effected at the market price and credited to
the employee's account. The acquired shares are not subject to a holding period.
Under the German Annual Plan, eligible German employees may buy a determined
number of Preference Shares per year on a set date from the Company's
shareholding, with a Company contribution and the participating employee's
contribution, which for 1998 amounted to DM 500 (as well as the assumption of
ancillary purchase expenses) and DM 249.30, respectively. The acquired shares
are transferred to a special account of the participating employee, where they
are subject to a holding period of six years. Employees must elect each year to
participate in the German Annual Plan.
U.S. EMPLOYEE STOCK PURCHASE PLANS
The Company maintains two employee stock purchase plans for its U.S.
employees: (i) an Employee Discount Stock Purchase Plan ("U.S. Discount Plan");
and (ii) an employee non-discount purchase plan (the "U.S. Non-discount Plan").
Under the U.S. Discount Plan, eligible employees are able to purchase ADSs
through payroll deductions of up to 10% of their annual compensation or $21,250,
whichever is less, and Company contributions of 15% of the ADSs' purchase price
as well as the assumption of ancillary purchase expenses. Under the U.S.
Non-discount Plan, an administrator makes open market purchases of ADSs for the
accounts of participating employees on a semi-monthly basis. Such purchases are
made out of amounts deducted from each participating employee's salary. The
Company does not make any contributions in connection with the U.S. Non-discount
Plan.
OTHER FOREIGN STOCK PURCHASE PLANS
Although the Company maintains and is in the process of introducing various
employee stock purchase plans similar to its German and U.S. plans in the
majority of its remaining foreign subsidiaries, the combined impact of these
plans on the Company's results of operations, net income and cash flows is not
material.
ITEM 13. INTEREST OF MANAGEMENT IN CERTAIN TRANSACTIONS.
For the years ended December 31, 1997 and 1996, certain members of SAP's
Executive Board had interest-free loans outstanding from the Company in the
amount of DM 8,500 and DM 274,000, respectively.
64
<PAGE> 67
No such interest-free loans were outstanding for the year ended December 31,
1998. In addition, for the year ended December 31, 1996, certain members of the
Executive Board had loans bearing interest at 6% per annum outstanding from the
Company in the amount of DM 75,000. No such loans bearing interest at 6% per
annum were outstanding for the years ended December 31, 1998 and 1997. A pension
accrual has been made for former Executive Board members for the years ended
December 31, 1998, 1997 and 1996 in the amount of DM 2,240,000, DM 1,503,747,
and DM 1,444,227, respectively.
In the third quarter of 1997, the Company acquired a 25.2% interest in IDS
from IDS's existing shareholders and directly from IDS pursuant to a capital
increase. The principal shareholder of IDS is Prof. Dr. August Wilhelm Scheer,
who was a member of SAP's Supervisory Board at the time of such acquisition. In
May 1999, IDS made an initial public offering and listed on the Neuer Markt
segment of the Frankfurt Stock Exchange. The Company sold 400,000 ordinary
shares in IDS in the initial public offering and, in the event the underwriters'
over-allotment option is fully exercised, will sell an additional 240,000
ordinary shares. The Company currently owns 6,000,000 ordinary shares,
representing approximately 18.9% of the outstanding ordinary shares. If the
over-allotment option is exercised in full, the Company will own 5,760,000
ordinary shares, representing approximately 18.1% of the outstanding ordinary
shares. Dr. Henning Kagermann, Co-speaker of SAP's Executive Board, serves on
the supervisory board of IDS. The Company is a party to certain development and
reseller agreements with IDS and believes that the terms of each such agreement
are on terms no less favorable to the Company than are included in similar
agreements with unaffiliated third parties.
In October 1998, iXOS Software Aktiengesellschaft ("iXOS") made an initial
public offering and listed on the Neuer Markt segment of the Frankfurt Stock
Exchange and the Nasdaq National Market. In May 1999, the Company sold 110,000
ordinary shares in iXOS in a secondary offering. The Company currently owns
200,800 ordinary shares in iXOS, representing approximately 5.3% of the
outstanding ordinary shares. Dr. Wilhelm Haarman, a member of SAP's Supervisory
Board, and Dr. Peter Zencke, a member of its Executive Board, serve as members
of iXOS's Supervisory Board. The Company is a party to certain licensing,
reseller, service and development agreements with iXOS and believes that the
terms of each such agreement are on terms no less favorable to the Company than
are included in similar agreements with unaffiliated third parties.
In May 1999, SVC AG Schmidt Vogel Consulting, Bielefeld ("SVC"), made an
initial public offering and listed on the Neuer Markt segment of the Frankfurt
Stock Exchange. The Company sold 191,734 ordinary shares in SVC in the initial
public offering and, in the event the underwriters' over-allotment option is
fully exercised, will sell an additional 255,646 ordinary shares, The Company
currently owns 1,837,583 ordinary shares, representing approximately 18.0% of
the outstanding ordinary shares. If the over-allotment option is exercised in
full, the Company will own 1,581,937 ordinary shares, representing 15.5% of the
outstanding ordinary shares. Dr. Claus Heinrich, a member of SAP's executive
board, serves as a member of SVC's supervisory board. The Company is a party to
certain reseller agreements with SVC and believes that the terms of each such
agreement are on terms no less favorable to the Company than are included in
similar agreements with unaffiliated third parties.
In October 1997, the Company entered into a consulting agreement with a
company controlled by Klaus-Dieter Laidig, a member of SAP's Supervisory Board.
In December 1997, the Company entered into a software license agreement and in
March 1998 a software service agreement with Golfplatz St. Leon-Rot GmbH & Co.
Beteiligungs KG, a company controlled by Dietmar Hopp, who is chairman of SAP's
Supervisory Board. In February 1998, the Company entered into a Test and
Evaluation Agreement with Fancourt Hotel and Country Club Estate, South Africa,
a company indirectly controlled by Prof. Dr. h.c. Hasso Plattner, who is
Co-Speaker of SAP's Executive Board. The Company is a party to a number of
software license, advisory and service agreements with Heidelberger
Druckmaschinen AG, RWE AG and Lahmeyer AG; Hartmut Mehdorn, a member of SAP's
Supervisory Board, is chairman of the executive board of Heidelberger
Druckmaschinen AG and is a member of the executive board of RWE AG and Lahmeyer
AG. The Company believes that the terms of each of the agreements described
above are on terms no less favorable to the Company than are included in similar
agreements with unaffiliated third parties.
65
<PAGE> 68
Dr. Wilhelm Haarmann, a member of SAP's Supervisory Board, is a partner in
Haarmann Hemmelrath & Partner, which serves as special German tax counsel to the
Company and counsels the Company with regard to other legal matters.
66
<PAGE> 69
PART II
ITEM 14. DESCRIPTION OF SECURITIES TO BE REGISTERED.
Not Applicable
PART III
ITEM 15. DEFAULTS UPON SENIOR SECURITIES.
None.
ITEM 16. CHANGES IN SECURITIES, CHANGES IN SECURITY FOR REGISTERED SECURITIES
AND USE OF PROCEEDS.
None.
PART IV
ITEM 17. FINANCIAL STATEMENTS.
The Company has responded to Item 18 in lieu of responding to this item.
ITEM 18. FINANCIAL STATEMENTS.
Reference is made to pages F-1 through F-39, incorporated herein by
reference, and Item 19.
ITEM 19. FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND EXHIBITS.
(a) The following consolidated financial statements are filed as part of
this Form 20-F:
Report of ARTHUR ANDERSEN Wirtschaftsprufungsgesellschaft
Steuerberatungsgesellschaft mbH.
Consolidated Income Statements for the years ended 1998, 1997 and 1996
(audited).
Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 1998 and 1997 (audited).
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the years ended December 31,
1998, 1997 and 1996 (audited).
Consolidated Statements of Changes Shareholders' in Equity for the years
ended December 31, 1998, 1997 and 1996 (audited).
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements.
Schedule for the years ended December 31, 1998, 1997 and 1996:
Schedule II--Valuation and Qualifying Accounts and Reserves.
(b) The following documents are filed as exhibits to this Form 20-F:
3.1 Articles of Association (Satzung), as amended to date (English
translation).*
10.1 Pooling Agreement, dated November 30, 1996, among Dietmar Hopp,
Oliver Hopp, Dietmar Hopp Stiftung GmbH, Dr. Hasso Plattner, Dr.
Klaus Tschira and Klaus Tschira Stiftung gGmbH (English
translation).**
10.2 Supplement to Pooling Agreement, effective as of October 12, 1998
(English translation).*
10.3 Amendment to Pooling Agreement, effective as of December 7, 1998
(English translation).*
23.1 Consent of ARTHUR ANDERSEN Wirtschaftsprufungsgesellschaft
Steuerberatungsgesellschaft mbH.*
- ---------------
* Filed herewith.
** Incorporated by reference to Registration Statement on Form F-1 of SAP
(Registration No. 333-57383), filed on June 22, 1998.
67
<PAGE> 70
SIGNATURE
Pursuant to the requirements of Section 12 of the Securities Exchange Act
of 1934, the Registrant certifies that it meets all of the requirements for
filing this Registration Statement on Form 20-F and has duly caused this
Registration Statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto
duly authorized.
SAP AKTIENGESELLSCHAFT SYSTEME,
ANWENDUNGEN, PRODUKTE IN DER
DATENVERARBEITUNG
(Registrant)
By: /s/ PROF. DR. HENNING KAGERMANN
------------------------------------------
Name: Prof. Dr. Henning Kagermann
Title: Member of the Executive Board
Dated: May 18, 1999
By: /s/ DIETER MATHEIS
------------------------------------------
Name: Dieter Matheis
Title: Principal Financial Officer
68
<PAGE> 71
SAP AKTIENGESELLSCHAFT AND SUBSIDIARIES
INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
PAGE
----
<S> <C>
Report of Independent Accountants........................... F-1
Consolidated Financial Statements:
Consolidated Income Statements for the years ended
December 31, 1998, 1997 and 1996....................... F-2
Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 1998 and
1997................................................... F-3
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the years ended
December 31, 1998, 1997 and 1996....................... F-4
Consolidated Statements of Changes in Shareholders' Equity
for the years ended December 31, 1998, 1997 and 1996... F-5
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements................ F-6
Schedule for the years ended December 31, 1998, 1997 and
1996:
Schedule II--Valuation and Qualifying Accounts and
Reserves............................................... F-39
</TABLE>
69
<PAGE> 72
REPORT OF INDEPENDENT ACCOUNTANTS
We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of SAP
Aktiengesellschaft Systeme, Anwendungen, Produkte in der Datenverarbeitung and
subsidiaries as of December 31, 1998 and 1997, and the related consolidated
statements of income, cash flows, and changes in shareholders' equity for each
of the three years in the period ended December 31, 1998. These consolidated
financial statements are the responsibility of the Company's management. Our
responsibility is to express an opinion on these consolidated financial
statements based on our audits.
We conducted our audits in accordance with generally accepted auditing
standards in Germany which, as applied by us, are substantially the same as
those followed in the United States. Those standards require that we plan and
perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial
statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a
test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial
statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and
significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall
financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a
reasonable basis for our opinion.
In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above
present fairly, in all material respects, the consolidated financial position of
SAP Aktiengesellschaft Systeme, Anwendungen, Produkte in der Datenverarbeitung
and subsidiaries as of December 31, 1998 and 1997, and the results of their
operations and cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended
December 31, 1998 in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles in
Germany.
Application of accounting principles generally accepted in the United
States would have affected shareholders' equity as of December 31, 1998 and 1997
and net income for each of the years in the three-year period ended December 31,
1998 to the extent summarized in note 6 to the consolidated financial
statements.
Eschborn/Frankfurt/M.
February 26, 1999
ARTHUR ANDERSEN
Wirtschaftsprufungsgesellschaft
Steuerberatungsgesellschaft mbH
<TABLE>
<S> <C> <C>
Prof. Dr. WEBER KLEIN
Wirtschaftsprufer Wirtschaftsprufer
</TABLE>
F-1
<PAGE> 73
SAP AKTIENGESELLSCHAFT
CONSOLIDATED INCOME STATEMENTS
FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31,
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
NOTE 1998(1) 1998 1997 1996
---- ---------- ---------- ---------- ----------
$(000) DM (000) DM (000) DM (000)
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Sales revenues....................... (7) 5,078,161 8,465,294 6,017,466 3,722,150
Increase in inventory of unfinished
services........................... 12,178 20,300 2,472 961
Other operating income............... (8) 101,542 169,271 79,966 73,712
---------- ---------- ---------- ----------
5,191,881 8,654,865 6,099,904 3,796,823
---------- ---------- ---------- ----------
Cost of services and materials....... (9) (707,944) (1,180,143) (605,719) (394,384)
Personnel expenses................... (10) (1,825,774) (3,043,564) (2,074,920) (1,338,473)
Depreciation and amortization........ (162,776) (271,348) (195,321) (164,591)
Other operating expenses............. (11) (1,359,724) (2,266,660) (1,611,728) (955,746)
---------- ---------- ---------- ----------
Operating expenses................... (4,056,218) (6,761,715) (4,487,688) (2,853,194)
---------- ---------- ---------- ----------
Operating results.................... 1,135,663 1,893,150 1,612,216 943,629
---------- ---------- ---------- ----------
(Loss)/income from investments....... (12) (18,909) (31,522) 3,500 1,745
Income from marketable securities and
loans of financial assets.......... 1,124 1,874 1,469 2,188
Write-down of financial assets....... (13) (2,457) (4,096) (2,811) (8,192)
Net interest income.................. (14) 36,483 60,816 52,562 27,843
---------- ---------- ---------- ----------
Result from ordinary operations...... 1,151,904 1,920,222 1,666,936 967,213
Taxes on income...................... (15) (493,525) (822,706) (708,354) (382,414)
Other taxes.......................... (27,095) (45,168) (33,228) (17,263)
---------- ---------- ---------- ----------
Total taxes.......................... (520,620) (867,874) (741,582) (399,677)
---------- ---------- ---------- ----------
Net income........................... 631,284 1,052,348 925,354 567,536
---------- ---------- ---------- ----------
Net income before minority
interest........................... 629,471 1,049,225 922,982 566,219
---------- ---------- ---------- ----------
Minority interests................... (1,813) (3,023) (2,372) (1,317)
Beginning retained earnings -- SAP
AG................................. 176,561 294,328 240,698 133,784
Distribution of dividends of SAP AG
shareholders....................... (176,493) (294,213) (240,192) (133,615)
Transfer to revenue reserves......... (434,229) (723,858) (629,160) (325,690)
---------- ---------- ---------- ----------
Ending retained earnings -- SAP AG... 195,310 325,582 294,328 240,698
========== ========== ========== ==========
</TABLE>
- ---------------
(1) The 1998 figures have been translated solely for the convenience of the
reader at an exchange rate of DM 1.667 to $1.00, the Noon Buying Rate on
December 31, 1998.
See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
F-2
<PAGE> 74
SAP AKTIENGESELLSCHAFT
CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
AS OF DECEMBER 31,
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
NOTE 1998(1) 1998 1997
---- --------- --------- ---------
$(000) DM (000) DM (000)
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C>
ASSETS
Intangible assets............................... (16) 90,794 151,354 81,299
Property, plant & equipment..................... (17) 757,239 1,262,317 853,312
Financial assets................................ (18) 146,598 244,379 227,794
--------- --------- ---------
Fixed assets.................................... 994,631 1,658,050 1,162,405
--------- --------- ---------
Inventories..................................... (19) 22,131 36,893 7,515
Accounts receivable............................. (20) 1,778,422 2,964,629 2,435,699
Accounts due from related parties............... 386 643 6,030
Other assets.................................... (21) 116,609 194,387 167,152
--------- --------- ---------
Accounts receivable and other assets....... 1,895,417 3,159,659 2,608,881
--------- --------- ---------
Marketable securities........................... (22) -- -- 167,092
Liquid assets................................... (23) 786,341 1,310,831 997,420
--------- --------- ---------
Current assets.................................. 2,703,889 4,507,383 3,780,908
--------- --------- ---------
Deferred taxes.................................. (15) 54,578 90,981 89,978
Prepaid expenses and deferred charges........... (24) 24,214 40,364 36,969
--------- --------- ---------
Total assets.................................... 3,777,312 6,296,778 5,070,260
========= ========= =========
SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY AND LIABILITIES
Subscribed capital(2)........................... (25) 313,630 522,822 521,513
Capital reserves................................ (26) 271,658 452,854 428,469
Revenue reserves................................ 1,464,299 2,440,986 1,803,510
Retained earnings -- SAP AG..................... 195,310 325,582 294,328
Minority interests.............................. 8,487 14,147 14,552
--------- --------- ---------
Shareholders' equity............................ 2,253,384 3,756,391 3,062,372
--------- --------- ---------
Special reserves for capital investment
subsidies and allowances...................... (27) 159 265 418
Pension reserves and similar obligations........ (28) 25,268 42,122 41,461
Other reserves and accrued liabilities.......... (29) 759,538 1,266,149 1,120,114
--------- --------- ---------
Reserves and accrued liabilities........... 784,806 1,308,271 1,161,575
--------- --------- ---------
Bonds........................................... (30) 2,056 3,428 4,713
Other liabilities............................... (31) 668,685 1,114,697 814,239
--------- --------- ---------
Other liabilities.......................... 670,741 1,118,125 818,952
Deferred income................................. (32) 68,222 113,726 26,943
--------- --------- ---------
Total shareholders' equity and liabilities...... 3,777,312 6,296,778 5,070,260
========= ========= =========
</TABLE>
- ---------------
(1) The 1998 figures have been translated solely for the convenience of the
reader at an exchange rate of DM 1.667 to $1.00, the Noon Buying Rate on
December 31, 1998.
(2) Includes contingent capital of DM 3,428 thousand and DM 4,737 thousand as of
December 31, 1998 and 1997, respectively.
See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
F-3
<PAGE> 75
SAP AKTIENGESELLSCHAFT
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31,
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
NOTE 1998(1) 1998 1997 1996
---- -------- --------- -------- --------
$(000) DM (000) DM (000) DM (000)
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Net income before minority interest.................... 629,470 1,049,325 922,982 566,219
Minority interest...................................... 1,813 3,023 2,372 1,317
-------- --------- -------- --------
Net income............................................. 631,283 1,052,348 925,354 567,536
-------- --------- -------- --------
Depreciation and amortization........................ 162,776 271,348 195,321 164,591
Write-up of property plant and equipment............. -- -- (102) (2,137)
Gain on disposal of property, plant and equipment.... (812) (1,353) (2,067) (417)
Write-downs of financial assets...................... 2,457 4,096 2,811 8,192
Write-up of financial assets......................... (648) (1,081) (863) (789)
Increase in pension reserves......................... 397 661 11,935 19,000
(Decrease)/increase in other long-term liabilities... (33,292) (55,497) 55,340 22,603
Increase in deferred taxes........................... (602) (1,003) (52,516) (38,145)
(Increase)/decrease in inventories................... (17,623) (29,378) 284 (2,243)
Increase in accounts receivable and other assets..... (330,401) (550,778) (997,117) (563,966)
Increase in short-term liabilities................... 120,895 201,532 459,914 258,703
Increase in long-term liabilities.................... 151,502 252,554 319,600 164,526
Increase in prepaid expenses and deferred charges.... (2,037) (3,395) (18,249) (3,618)
Increase in deferred income.......................... 52,060 86,783 8,654 12,987
-------- ---------- -------- --------
Net cash provided by operating activities.............. (33) 735,955 1,226,837 908,299 606,823
-------- ---------- -------- --------
Purchase of intangible assets and property, plant and
equipment............................................ (455,917) (760,013) (574,709) (220,638)
Purchase of financial assets........................... (45,567) (75,961) (79,106) (16,308)
Proceeds from disposal of fixed assets................. 41,074 68,471 85,384 29,689
Changes in companies subject to consolidation.......... -- -- -- 694
(Decrease)/increase in special reserves for capital
investment subsidies and allowances.................. (92) (153) 352 (7)
Decrease/(increase) in liquid assets (maturities
greater than 90 days)................................ 165,063 275,160 (58,511) (231,457)
-------- --------- -------- --------
Net cash used by investing activities.................. (34) (295,439) (492,496) (626,590) (438,027)
-------- --------- -------- --------
Dividends paid......................................... (176,493) (294,213) (240,193) (133,615)
Proceeds from premium on convertible bonds............. 14,628 24,385 75,125 215,493
Proceeds from the increase in capital stock
from the exercise of the conversion rights........... 785 1,309 3,976 11,374
Payments made on the conversion of the convertible
bonds................................................ (771) (1,285) (3,956) (11,345)
Proceeds from the issuance of long-term debt........... 28,858 48,106 316 --
Principal payments made on long-term debt.............. (121) (202) (59) (376)
-------- --------- -------- --------
Net cash used in financing activities.................. (35 (133,113) (221,900) (164,791) 81,531
-------- --------- -------- --------
Effect of foreign exchange rates on cash............... (54,566) (90,962) 86,798 21,004
Net increase in cash and cash equivalents.............. 252,837 421,479 203,716 271,331
-------- --------- -------- --------
Cash and cash equivalents at the beginning of the
year................................................. 475,591 792,810 589,094 317,763
-------- --------- -------- --------
Cash and cash equivalents at the end of the year....... (36) 728,428 1,214,289 792,810 589,094
======== ========= ======== ========
</TABLE>
- ---------------
(1) The 1998 figures have been translated solely for the convenience of the
reader at an exchange rate of DM 1.667 to $ 1.00, the Noon Buying Rate on
December 31, 1998.
See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
F-4
<PAGE> 76
SAP AKTIENGESELLSCHAFT
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY
FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31,
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
NUMBER OF
SHARES ISSUED GROUP
AND SUBSCRIBED CAPITAL REVENUE RETAINED MINORITY
OUTSTANDING CAPITAL RESERVES RESERVES EARNINGS INTEREST TOTAL
(000) DM (000) DM (000) DM (000) DM (000) DM (000) DM (000)
------------- ---------- -------- --------- --------- -------- ---------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
January 1, 1996...... 101,234 506,163 137,851 748,670 133,784 3,052 1,529,520
Net income........... 567,536 567,536
Convertible bonds
exercised.......... 2,273 11,374 215,493 226,867
Dividends............ (133,615) (133,615)
Transfer to revenue
reserves........... 324,612 (324,612) --
Minority interest.... (1,317) 1,317 --
Currency translation
adjustment......... 23,133 23,133
Other................ (924) (1,078) (127) (2,129)
------- ------- ------- --------- --------- ------ ---------
December 31, 1996.... 103,507 517,537 353,344 1,095,491 240,698 4,242 2,211,312
------- ------- ------- --------- --------- ------ ---------
Net income........... 925,354 925,354
Convertible bonds
exercised.......... 795 3,976 75,125 79,101
Dividends............ (240,192) (240,192)
Transfer to revenue
reserves........... 624,082 (624,082) --
Minority interest.... (2,372) 2,372 --
Currency translation
adjustment......... 88,118 88,118
Other................ (4,181) (5,078) 7,938 (1,321)
------- ------- ------- --------- --------- ------ ---------
December 31, 1997.... 104,302 521,513 428,469 1,803,510 294,328 14,552 3,062,372
------- ------- ------- --------- --------- ------ ---------
Net income........... 1,052,348 1,052,348
Convertible bonds
exercised.......... 262 1,309 24,385 25,694
Dividends............ (294,213) (294,213)
Transfer to revenue
reserves........... 699,108 (699,108) --
Minority interest.... (3,023) 3,023 --
Effect of excluding
companies from
consolidation...... 24,354 (24,168) 186
Currency translation
adjustment*........ (87,866) (87,866)
Other................ 1,880 (582) (3,428) (2,130)
------- ------- ------- --------- --------- ------ ---------
December 31, 1998.... 104,564 522,822 452,854 2,440,986 325,582 14,147 3,756,391
------- ------- ------- --------- --------- ------ ---------
</TABLE>
- ---------------
* The cumulative translation adjustment resulting from the translation of
foreign subsidiaries financial statements was a negative DM 15,913 thousand
as of December 31, 1998.
See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
F-5
<PAGE> 77
SAP AKTIENGESELLSCHAFT
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
A. GENERAL INFORMATION
(1) BUSINESS AND BASIS OF PRESENTATION
BUSINESS
SAP Aktiengesellschaft Systeme, Anwendungen, Produkte in der
Datenverarbeitung ("SAP AG"), together with its subsidiaries (collectively,
"SAP," "Group" or "Company"), is a leading international developer and supplier
of integrated business application software designed to provide cost-effective
comprehensive solutions for businesses. The Company's primary product, the R/3
System, is designed to provide customers with a palette of standard business
solutions arranged in applications which provide integrated enterprise-wide
processing of business workflows. In 1998, the Company announced the
introduction of its New Dimension products, which initially include independent
business applications for supply chain management, customer relationship
management, business intelligence and electronic commerce. The Company's
products also include Industry Specific products and other independent business
applications, and the Company provides the necessary technological
infrastructure to support complementary third-party software solutions. The
Company has many strategic partners that offer complementary third-party
software, services and hardware. The Company's services include consulting,
support and training. Customers range in size from large multinational
enterprises to medium- and smaller-sized companies.
BASIS OF PRESENTATION
The consolidated financial statements of the Company have been prepared in
accordance with generally accepted accounting principles in Germany ("German
GAAP") as prescribed by the German Commercial Code and the German Stock
Corporation Act. In line with the ongoing internationalization of the Company's
accounting policies, since January 1, 1998 the SAP consolidated financial
statements have also been prepared in compliance with Generally Accepted
Accounting Principles in the United States ("U.S. GAAP"), as far as permissible
under German GAAP. As a result, there have been changes from 1997 in the
treatment of currency translation and pension reserves. The impact of adopting
these changes was less than 1% on the 1998 consolidated net income. In addition,
the 1997 and 1996 consolidated statements of cash flows have been modified to
reconcile to cash and cash equivalents for comparative purposes. In all other
respects, the accounting and consolidation methods employed are unchanged since
the previous year. In Section C of these notes, "Significant Differences between
German GAAP and U.S. GAAP," there is a detailed reconciliation showing the
effect of applying U.S. GAAP on net income for the three years ended December
31, 1998 and shareholders' equity at December 31, 1998 and 1997, where to have
done so in the consolidated financial statements would have led to noncompliance
with German GAAP. In the interests of clarity, the notes to the consolidated
financial statements include both the disclosures required by law on the
individual items of the balance sheets and income statements, and the
information which may optionally be included either on the balance sheets and
income statements or in the notes to the consolidated financial statements. In
situations where additional information is required to be disclosed it has been
done in the notes to the financial statements. Certain reclassifications were
made to prior year amounts to conform them to the current year presentation.
All monetary amounts in the notes to the consolidated financial statements
are shown in Deutsche Marks ("DM" or "Marks"). All Mark financial data that have
been converted into United States Dollars ("$" or "Dollars") have been converted
at the noon buying rate in New York City for cable transfers in foreign
currencies as certified for customs by the Federal Reserve Bank of New York (the
"Noon Buying Rate") on December 31, 1998, which was 1.667 Marks per 1.00 Dollar.
B. SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES
(2) CONSOLIDATED COMPANIES
The consolidated financial statements include, in addition to SAP AG, all
major subsidiaries in which SAP AG holds, directly or indirectly, a majority of
the voting rights. German GAAP enabled the Company to
F-6
<PAGE> 78
not consolidate three subsidiaries, as their impact on the Group's net worth,
financial position, and results of operations is immaterial (their balance sheet
totals amount to 0.1% of the consolidated balance sheet total).
The investments in unconsolidated subsidiaries are recorded at cost and
included in the investment in affiliated companies.
The following table summarizes the change of companies included in the
consolidated financial statements:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
GERMAN FOREIGN TOTAL
------ ------- -----
<S> <C> <C> <C>
December 31, 1997........................................ 7 42 49
Additions................................................ 1 4 5
Retirements.............................................. 1 1 2
-- -- --
December 31, 1998........................................ 7 45 52
== == ==
</TABLE>
One joint venture, SRS Software- und Systemhaus Dresden GmbH,
Dresden/Germany, in which SAP AG holds a 50% interest, is consolidated on a
proportional basis. Four companies of which SAP AG directly holds between 20%
and 50% ("associated companies") are consolidated by the equity method.
The effect of including new companies in the consolidated financial
statements during 1998 did not limit comparability of the annual financial
statements with those of the previous years.
All subsidiaries, joint ventures and associated companies are listed on
pages F-36 to F-38 with ownership percentages, net income, equity, and numbers
of employees.
(3) CONSOLIDATION POLICIES
The consolidated financial statements include the financial statements of
individual subsidiaries in accordance with German GAAP and in conformity with
the accounting and valuation policies of SAP. The book value method of
consolidation has been used, which is substantially equivalent to the purchase
method under U.S. GAAP. Under such method, differences between acquisition costs
and attributable shareholders' equity are first allocated to identifiable assets
acquired or liabilities assumed to the extent of their fair market values. Any
remaining goodwill is capitalized as an intangible asset and amortized using the
straight-line method over its estimated useful life of five years.
Intercompany receivables, payables, revenues, expenses and profits among
the consolidated companies are eliminated. Deferred taxes are calculated for
consolidation entries affecting income, when it is expected that the difference
in the tax expense will be reversed in a future year. Minority interest is
identified for subsidiaries not wholly owned by the parent company.
Goodwill arising from associated companies' equity is calculated based upon
the same principles.
The retained earnings of the Company, as shown in the consolidated
financial statements, are the retained earnings of SAP AG. The retained earnings
of the subsidiaries are included in the Company's revenue reserves.
(4) CURRENCY TRANSLATION
Effective January 1, 1998, the financial statements of the fully
consolidated foreign subsidiaries are translated according to the functional
currency method. Since all subsidiaries are economically independent, and thus
their functional currency is their local currency, their balance sheets are
translated into DM at median rates on the balance sheet date ("closing rate")
and their income statements are translated at annual average rates. Differences
from the prior year's translation of assets and liabilities and translation
differences between the balance sheet and the income statement do not affect
income. These currency translation differences are disclosed in the consolidated
statements of changes in shareholders' equity on page F-5.
Further in fiscal 1997, fixed assets (excluding loans), shareholders'
equity, depreciation and amortization of foreign subsidiaries are translated
using the historical exchange rate. The remaining assets and liabilities were
translated at the closing rate. Differences arising from the translation of
balance sheet items are charged directly to the revenue reserves, without
affecting income for the year. In fiscal 1997, with the exception of
F-7
<PAGE> 79
depreciation and amortization, which are translated at historical rates, expense
and income items are translated at the average rate for the year. The net income
for the year is translated at the closing rate, at December 31. The translation
difference from the income statements is charged to income.
During 1997, the financial statements of the individual companies include
accounts receivable in foreign currencies, which are translated at the lower of
the exchange rate on the transaction date or the buying rate on the balance
sheet date. Losses arising from movements in exchange rates were recorded.
Accounts payable in foreign currencies are valued at the higher of the
applicable rates. Effective January 1, 1998 the valuation of foreign accounts
receivable and liabilities are translated at the closing rate with resulting
gains and losses reflected in income.
The significant exchange rates of key currencies affecting the Group
changed as follows:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
AVERAGE EXCHANGE
CLOSING RATE TO THE RATE TO THE
DM AT DECEMBER 31, DM FOR THE YEAR
-------------------- ----------------
CURRENCY ISO CODE 1998 1997 1998 1997
-------- -------- -------- -------- ------ ------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
1 U.S. Dollar.............................. USD 1.6730 1.7921 1.7469 1.7371
100 Japanese Yen........................... JPY 1.4505 1.3838 1.3250 1.4309
1 British Pound............................ GBP 2.7980 2.9820 2.8924 2.8493
1 Canadian Dollar.......................... CAD 1.0770 1.2445 1.1687 1.2506
1 Australian Dollar........................ AUD 1.0230 1.1725 1.0820 1.2805
</TABLE>
(5) ACCOUNTING AND VALUATION POLICIES
INTANGIBLE ASSETS AND PROPERTY, PLANT AND EQUIPMENT
Purchased intangible assets are shown at cost and amortized on a
straight-line basis over a maximum of five years. All existing goodwill included
in the consolidated financial statements is derived from the acquisition of
software companies and is amortized on a straight-line basis over its estimated
life of five years.
Property, plant and equipment are shown at cost less accumulated
depreciation, where appropriate, based on their expected useful lives. Where
permanent impairments were incurred, unplanned write-downs have been made.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
USEFUL LIVES OF PROPERTY,
PLANT AND EQUIPMENT
-----------------------------
<S> <C>
Buildings (placed in service until the end of 1990)......... 50 years
Buildings (placed in service after 1990).................... 25 years
Leasehold improvements...................................... Based upon the lease contract
IT equipment................................................ 3 to 5 years
Office furniture............................................ 4 to 15 years
Automobiles................................................. 5 years
</TABLE>
Buildings and leasehold improvements are depreciated using the
straight-line method. Other fixed assets with an expected useful life of up to
three years are depreciated using the straight-line method. For property, plant
and equipment with an expected useful life of more than three years the
declining balance method is generally used, and the depreciation method is
changed to the straight-line method in the year in which the amount of
depreciation under the straight-line method exceeds that calculated under the
declining balance method. Low-value assets are expensed in the year of
acquisition.
FINANCIAL ASSETS
Financial assets are shown at cost. A write-down in the value of financial
assets, at the balance sheet date, only occurs if there is a permanent
impairment. Interest-free loans to employees and to third parties are discounted
to their present value.
F-8
<PAGE> 80
CURRENT ASSETS
Inventories are shown at the lower of purchase/production cost or market
value. Production costs consist of direct salaries, indirect salaries, and
materials. Other costs are not included in inventories.
Accounts receivable from software sales are posted on the basis of the
number of authorized users, provided that the customer has legally signed an
irrevocable contract with the Company, and the software has been delivered.
Maintenance revenues are recognized proportionally over the term of the
maintenance contract. Accounts receivable for consulting and training services
are recognized after performance of these services. Accounts receivable are
stated at their nominal value, which approximates fair market value. Receivables
with foreseeable individual and country risks are written down on a case-by-case
basis. Interest-free loans with a remaining term exceeding one year are
discounted to their present value using interest rates effective locally.
Marketable securities are valued at the lower of cost or market as of the
balance sheet date. Gains on marketable securities are recognized when realized.
Other assets are shown at their nominal value, which approximates fair value.
PREPAID EXPENSES AND DEFERRED CHARGES
Prepaid expenses and deferred charges are determined by allocating expenses
to the periods to which they are attributable.
DEFERRED TAXES
On the consolidated balance sheets, deferred taxes are established for
temporary differences, which are expected to arise in the future, between
assets, liabilities and net income calculated for tax purposes and for financial
reporting purposes. Moreover, deferred taxes are established on the consolidated
balance sheets for temporary differences resulting from consolidation measures.
Deferred taxes are computed by the "deferral method," under which the
enacted tax rate applicable to the local subsidiaries is applied. Deferred tax
amounts are shown net on the consolidated balance sheets.
RESERVES AND ACCRUED LIABILITIES
Effective January 1, 1998, provisions for pensions of domestic and foreign
subsidiaries are based on actuarial computations according to the "Projected
Unit Credit Method". The assumptions used to calculate the provision for
pensions are shown in note 28 -- "Pension Reserves and Similar Obligations."
Until the end of 1997, reserves for pension obligations in Germany were stated
at the highest amounts allowable for tax purposes, in accordance with German tax
law. An interest rate of 6% per annum was applied. Foreign subsidiaries recorded
their pension reserves in accordance with similar principles. The relief fund of
SAP Altersvorsorge e.V. has assumed indirect pension commitments towards
employees of SAP AG. SAP AG, as the sponsor of the relief fund, established a
reserve for indirect pension obligations until 1997.
Accrued taxes are calculated on the basis of the planned distribution of
income.
The other reserves and accrued liabilities take into account foreseeable
risks and contingent obligations which are probable and reasonably estimable.
LIABILITIES
Liabilities are shown at the amounts payable, which approximate fair market
value.
DERIVATIVES
The Group uses derivative financial instruments for hedging purposes.
Forward exchange contracts, and to a lesser extent currency options, are
employed to reduce currency risk that results from engaging in international
transactions.
The hedges cover risk from potential currency fluctuations arising from
existing as well as forecasted underlying transactions. Existing underlying
transactions represent transactions that have been already recorded in the
financial statements. The forecasted underlying transactions reflect budget
assumptions, which
F-9
<PAGE> 81
historically have approximated actual results. The derivatives used to hedge
existing transactions are treated together with the ordinary operations as one
valuation unit, and the contracts are grouped in portfolios for each currency.
The derivative instruments used to hedge forecasted transactions are marked
to market individually at the end of the accounting period. In accordance with
German commercial valuation regulations, for a portfolio with a negative
valuation, a provision for anticipated losses is recorded currently in income.
By contrast, positive valuations are not recognized into income.
CREDIT ARRANGEMENTS
Certain of the Company's foreign subsidiaries have lines of credit
available which allow them to borrow in the local currency to the extent SAP AG
has guaranteed such amounts. At December 31, 1998, the Company had approximately
DM 526.7 million available through such arrangements under which the Company may
borrow on an overdraft or short-term basis. Interest under all lines is
determined at the time of borrowing based on current market rates.
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOW
The consolidated statements of cash flows show the effect of inflows and
outflows in the course of the fiscal year on the Group's cash and cash
equivalents, and has been prepared in accordance with Statement of Financial
Accounting Standards No. 95, "Statement of Cash Flows" ("SFAS 95"). The
statement distinguishes between cash flows from operating activities, investing
activities, and financing activities. The liquid assets are comprised of cash
and cash equivalents with an original maturity of less than three months and
time deposits with maturities exceeding three months. Liquid assets are
reconciled to cash and cash equivalents in note 36 of Section F -- "Supplemental
information on the Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows."
USE OF ESTIMATES
The preparation of financial statements requires management to make
estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and
liabilities and disclosure of contingent amounts at the date of the consolidated
financial statements and reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the
reporting period. Actual results could differ from those estimates.
F-10
<PAGE> 82
C. SIGNIFICANT DIFFERENCES BETWEEN GERMAN GAAP AND U.S. GAAP
(6) RECONCILIATION TO U.S. GAAP
The consolidated financial statements of the Company have been prepared in
accordance with German GAAP. In 1998, the Company modified its accounting and
reporting practices to reflect U.S. GAAP, as far as permissible under German
GAAP. The remaining differences result from circumstances in which the
application of U.S. GAAP would have led to noncompliance with German GAAP. This
section shows the effect of fully applying U.S. GAAP to net income for the three
years ended December 31, 1998 and shareholders' equity as of December 31, 1998
and 1997.
RECONCILIATION OF NET INCOME FROM GERMAN GAAP TO U.S. GAAP:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
DECEMBER 31,
--------------------------------------------
NOTE 1998(1) 1998 1997 1996
------- -------- ---------- -------- ---------
$(000) DM (000) DM (000) DM (000)
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Net income as reported in the consolidated
financial statements under German GAAP... 631,284 1,052,348 925,354 567,536
Minority interests......................... (1,813) (3,023) (2,371) (1,317)
Net income as reported in the consolidated
financial statements under German GAAP
after minority interests................. 629,471 1,049,325 922,983 566,219
Revenue recognition........................ (a) (29,630) (49,393) (77,491) (166,937)
Pension provisions......................... (b) (3,217) (5,363) 1,901 13,484
Business combinations (goodwill &
in-process R&D).......................... (c) (1,289) (2,148) (10,568) (2,423)
Income taxes............................... (d) 7,572 12,623 (2,296) (22,193)
SAR program................................ (e) 9,383 15,641 -- --
Other...................................... (f),(g) (6,631) (11,052) 10,122 4,502
Tax effect of U.S. GAAP adjustments........ (d) 12,577 20,966 28,796 59,234
Minority interests......................... (h) 8 14 127 265
-------- ---------- -------- ---------
Net income in accordance with U.S.
GAAP.................................. 618,244 1,030,613 873,574 452,151
-------- ---------- -------- ---------
Net income per ordinary share under U.S.
GAAP
Basic................................. (m) 5.90 9.83 8.38 4.40
Diluted............................... (m) 5.87 9.78 8.30 4.29
</TABLE>
RECONCILIATION OF SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY FROM GERMAN GAAP TO U.S. GAAP:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
DECEMBER 31,
------------------------------------
NOTE 1998(1) 1998 1997
------- ---------- ---------- ----------
$(000) DM (000) DM (000)
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Shareholders' equity as reported in the
consolidated balance sheets under German GAAP.... 2,253,384 3,756,391 3,062,372
Less: minority interests........................... (h) (8,487) (14,147) (14,552)
---------- ---------- ----------
Equity of SAP AG shareholders...................... 2,244,897 3,742,244 3,047,820
Revenue recognition................................ (a) (267,080) (445,222) (395,829)
Pension provisions................................. (b) -- -- 5,363
Business combinations (goodwill & in-process
R&D)............................................. (c) (3,261) (5,436) (3,288)
SAR program........................................ (e) 9,383 15,641 --
Unrealized gains on available-for-sale marketable
securities....................................... (f) 40,816 68,041 5,472
Other.............................................. (d),(g),(h) 11,354 18,927 37,461
Tax effect of U.S. GAAP adjustments................ (d) 97,196 162,026 141,060
---------- ---------- ----------
Shareholders' equity under U.S. GAAP............... 2,133,305 3,556,221 2,838,059
---------- ---------- ----------
</TABLE>
- ---------------
(1) The 1998 figures have been translated solely for the convenience of the
reader at an exchange rate of DM 1.667 to $1.00, the Noon Buying Rate on
December 31, 1998.
F-11
<PAGE> 83
The changes in consolidated shareholders' equity in accordance with U.S.
GAAP are as follows:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
SHARES ISSUED OTHER
AND COMPREHENSIVE RETAINED COMPREHENSIVE CAPITAL SUBSCRIBED
OUTSTANDING INCOME EARNINGS INCOME RESERVES CAPITAL TOTAL
DM (000) DM (000) DM (000) DM (000) DM (000) DM (000) DM (000)
------------- ------------- --------- ------------- -------- ---------- ---------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
January 1, 1996................... 101,234 793,207 137,851 506,163 1,437,221
Net income........................ 452,151 452,151 452,151
Other comprehensive income, net of
tax:
Unrealized gains on
marketable securities....... 607
Currency translation
adjustment.................. 26,843
---------
Other comprehensive income...... 27,450 27,450 27,450
---------
Comprehensive income.............. 479,601
=========
Convertible bonds exercised....... 2,273 215,493 11,374 226,867
Dividends......................... (133,615) (133,615)
Tax benefit of convertible
bonds........................... 24,061 24,061
Other............................. (2,266) (2,266)
------- --------- ------- ------- ------- ---------
December 31, 1996................. 103,507 1,109,477 27,450 377,405 517,537 2,031,869
------- --------- ------- ------- ------- ---------
Net income........................ 873,574 873,574 873,574
Other comprehensive income, net of
tax:
Unrealized gains on
marketable securities....... 4,865
Currency translation
adjustment.................. 95,933
---------
Other comprehensive income........ 100,798 100,798 100,798
---------
Comprehensive income.............. 974,372
=========
Convertible bonds exercised....... 795 75,125 3,976 79,101
Dividends......................... (240,192) (240,192)
Tax benefit of convertible
bonds........................... 2,296 2,296
Other............................. (9,387) (9,387)
------- --------- ------- ------- ------- ---------
December 31, 1997................. 104,302 1,733,472 128,248 454,826 521,513 2,838,059
------- --------- ------- ------- ------- ---------
Net income........................ 1,030,613 1,030,613 1,030,613
Other comprehensive income, net of
tax:
Unrealized gains on
marketable securities....... 62,569
Currency translation
adjustment.................. (104,061)
---------
Other comprehensive income...... (41,492) (41,492) (41,492)
---------
Comprehensive income.............. 989,121
=========
Convertible bonds exercised....... 262 24,385 1,309 25,694
Dividends......................... (294,213) (294,213)
Tax benefit of convertible
bonds........................... 2,814 2,814
Other............................. 1,436 (6,690) (5,254)
------- --------- ------- ------- ------- ---------
December 31, 1998................. 104,564 2,471,308 86,756 475,335 522,822 3,556,221
======= ========= ======= ======= ======= =========
</TABLE>
(A) REVENUE RECOGNITION
The Company recognizes revenue for U.S. GAAP in compliance with the
American Institute of Certified Public Accountants ("AICPA") Statement of
Position 97-2, "Software Revenue Recognition" ("SOP 97-2"). SOP 97-2 was issued
on October 27, 1997, and is effective for transactions entered into in fiscal
years beginning after December 15, 1997. Prior to the issuance of SOP 97-2,
AICPA Statement of Position 91-1 ("SOP 91-1") prescribed the accounting
treatment for revenue recognition under U.S. GAAP. Earlier application of SOP
97-2 was encouraged as of the beginning of fiscal years or interim periods for
which information or financial statements had not been issued. Because prior to
the issuance of SOP 97-2 the Company had not previously issued information or
financial statements on a U.S. GAAP basis, SOP 97-2 has been applied for all
years reported under U.S. GAAP.
F-12
<PAGE> 84
In accordance with SOP 97-2, software license fee revenues are recognized
when persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists, delivery has occurred, the
license fee is fixed and determinable and the collection of the fee is probable.
Generally, the Company's licensing arrangements do not provide for significant
production, modification or customization of software. Under U.S. GAAP, the
Company allocates a portion of its software revenues to post-contract support
activities or other services or products provided to the customer free of charge
or at non-standard discounts when included under the licensing arrangement.
Amounts allocated are based upon standard prices charged for those services or
products. Under German GAAP, the Company accrues for estimated costs of
providing post-contract support activities or other services provided to the
customer free of charge when included under the licensing arrangement.
Under certain license arrangements, customers agree to license additional
groups of users at prescribed future dates on a non-cancellable basis. Under
German GAAP, the Company recognizes revenue for such additional users at the
dates on which they are authorized to access the software. Under U.S. GAAP, the
Company recognizes software revenues when the criteria for recognition set forth
in SOP 97-2 have been achieved.
Under U.S. GAAP, revenues from post-contract support are recognized ratably
over the term of the maintenance contract on a straight-line basis. Consulting
and training services are generally recognized at the time the service is
performed.
(B) PENSION BENEFITS
In 1998, the Company adopted Statement of Financial Accounting Standards
No. 87, "Employers' Accounting for Pensions" ("SFAS 87"), as permitted under
German GAAP and required under U.S. GAAP. In prior years, the Company provided
for pension costs in accordance with Article 6a of the German Income Tax Act.
SFAS 87 requires actuarial computation of the pension costs for defined benefit
plans using the Projected Unit Credit Method and includes current service cost,
interest cost, return on plan assets and amortization of actuarial gains/losses
and prior service cost. Prior service cost is amortized over the future service
period of active employees. Unrecognized gains and losses exceeding 10% of the
greater of the projected obligation or the market-related value of the plan
assets are amortized over the average service period of active employees.
(C) BUSINESS COMBINATIONS (GOODWILL, IN-PROCESS RESEARCH AND DEVELOPMENT)
In accordance with German GAAP, the difference between the purchase price
and the aggregate fair value of tangible and identifiable intangible assets and
liabilities acquired in a business combination may be either charged directly to
shareholders' equity or capitalized as goodwill and amortized over its estimated
useful life, not to exceed 40 years. For acquisitions prior to January 1, 1997,
the Company has elected to record goodwill as a direct reduction to
shareholders' equity. Goodwill arising from business combinations consummated
thereafter is capitalized and amortized through the income statement over its
estimated useful life, generally 5 years. Under U.S. GAAP, goodwill must be
capitalized and amortized through the income statement over its estimated useful
life, which may not exceed 40 years. The Company expects, and thus maintains,
consistent useful lives under German and U.S. GAAP.
Under German GAAP, in-process research and development costs are not
identified in connection with the allocation of the purchase price but rather
are treated as goodwill. U.S. GAAP requires the allocation of a portion of the
purchase price for acquired in-process research and development if applicable.
The costs associated with in-process research and development activities having
no alternative future uses must be charged to expense at the time of
acquisition. Under U.S. GAAP, the Company expensed DM 7.8 million in 1997 for
acquired in-process research and development relating to software products for
which technological feasibility had not yet been established at the date of
acquisition. Acquisitions in 1998 or 1996 did not result in a charge for
in-process research and development.
(D) INCOME TAXES
U.S. GAAP requires recognition of deferred tax assets and liabilities for
temporary differences using enacted tax rates in effect at year-end in
accordance with Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 109, "Accounting
for Income Taxes" ("SFAS 109"). Under SFAS 109, net operating loss carryforwards
F-13
<PAGE> 85
that are available to reduce future taxes are recognized as deferred tax assets.
Such amounts are reduced by a valuation allowance to the extent that it is more
likely than not that some portion or all of the deferred tax assets will not be
realized. The valuation allowance is DM 37,710 thousand and DM 5,133 thousand in
1998 and 1997, respectively. Under German GAAP, deferred taxes are not recorded
for net operating losses.
Under both German GAAP and U.S. GAAP, deferred tax liabilities are not
reported for the unremitted earnings of non-German subsidiaries as management
considers such amounts to be permanently reinvested.
In August 1994, the Company established a convertible bond program for
certain of its foreign and domestic employees. Compensation expense for this
plan is treated differently for financial reporting and tax purposes in certain
countries. The tax effect of such differences is charged or credited directly to
the related components of shareholders' equity for U.S. GAAP purposes. Under
German GAAP, the tax benefit is recorded as a reduction to income taxes for
financial reporting.
(E) STOCK APPRECIATION RIGHTS PLAN
In 1998, the Company implemented a stock appreciation rights ("SAR") plan.
Under this plan, eligible employees are entitled to receive cash equal to a
portion of the appreciation in SAP AG preference shares during the measurement
period, approximately one-year. Payment, if any, under the SAR plan will be made
in installments over a period of approximately 26 months, provided that, subject
to certain exceptions, the eligible employee continues to be actively employed
on the payment dates. Under both German and U.S. GAAP, expenses are recorded
based based upon the SAR's market price determined by the Black-Scholes pricing
model. Under German GAAP, the expense is recognized over the measurement period
of approximately one year. Under U.S. GAAP, the expense is recognized over the
payment period of approximately 26 months.
(F) MARKETABLE SECURITIES
Under German GAAP, marketable debt and equity securities are valued at the
lower of acquisition cost or market value at the balance sheet date. Under U.S.
GAAP, marketable debt and equity securities, other than investments accounted
for by the equity method, are categorized as either trading, available-for-sale
or held-to-maturity, depending on management's intent with respect to holding
such investments. The Company's securities are considered to be
available-for-sale and, therefore, are valued under U.S. GAAP at fair market
value at the balance sheet date. Unrealized gains and losses are excluded from
earnings and reported net of tax in a separate component of shareholders'
equity. Market values were obtained based on available market prices as of
December 31, 1998, 1997 and 1996. Gains or losses recognized on sales of
securities are based on specific identification.
The Company acquires its ordinary shares and preference shares for the
purpose of offering them to its employees. Under German GAAP, the Company
records purchases of its own shares at cost as marketable securities. Upon
distribution to its employees, the Company recognizes gains and losses based on
the differences in the fair market value of SAP AG shares on the date of
purchase and distribution. Under U.S. GAAP, purchases of Company shares are
included in treasury stock as a separate component of shareholders' equity.
Differences between the purchase and sale price of treasury stock are included
in shareholders' equity and have no impact on earnings. Differences between
German and U.S. GAAP resulting from treasury stock transactions did not
materially impact shareholders' equity at December 31, 1998 or 1997 or net
income for the years ended 1998, 1997 or 1996.
(G) OTHER
Other differences consist of miscellaneous valuation differences that
individually are not material. These items include foreign currency translation
differences and unrealized foreign currency transaction gains that are
recognized for U.S. GAAP purposes.
(H) MINORITY INTERESTS
Under German GAAP, minority interest is included as a separate component of
shareholders' equity and included in net income. Under U.S. GAAP, minority
interest is shown as a liability and not included in net income.
F-14
<PAGE> 86
ADDITIONAL U.S. GAAP INFORMATION
(I) NEWLY ISSUED ACCOUNTING PRONOUNCEMENTS
The Company adopted Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 130,
"Reporting Comprehensive Income" ("SFAS 130"), in 1998. SFAS 130 requires
disclosure of comprehensive income and its components, which includes all
changes in shareholders' equity excluding those activities resulting from
investments by or distributions to shareholders. See the changes in consolidated
shareholders' equity in accordance with U.S. GAAP set forth on page F-12.
The Financial Accounting Standards Board issued Statement No. 133,
"Accounting for Derivative Instruments and for Hedging Activities" ("SFAS 133")
in June 1998. SFAS 133 requires derivative financial instruments to be recorded
in the balance sheet at their fair value. Changes in market values are charged
against earnings in each period unless specific hedge criteria are met. Changes
in market values for certain qualifying hedges are recorded in equity and are
realized in earnings in conjunction with the gain or loss on the hedged item or
transaction. SFAS 133 is effective for January 1, 2000. The Company has elected
to implement SFAS 133 on January 1, 1999. Although dependent upon fluctuations
in exchange rates and interest rates and the volume of transactions involving
derivative instruments, the Company anticipates that the adoption of SFAS 133
will not have a material impact on its annual consolidated financial statements.
Because the Company's hedging strategy focuses on annual exchange and interest
rate risks, the effect of SFAS 133 on interim results may be more significant
but is also dependent upon the factors mentioned above.
(J) RESEARCH AND DEVELOPMENT
Research and development costs are expensed as incurred under German GAAP.
The current U.S. accounting rule, Statement of Financial Accounting Standards
No. 86, "Accounting for the Costs of Computer Software to Be Sold, Leased, or
Otherwise Marketed," does not materially affect the Company. Research and
development expenses for the years ended December 31, 1998, 1997 and 1996 are DM
1,122.7 million, DM 701.8 million and DM 505.5 million, respectively.
(K) MARKETABLE SECURITIES AND FINANCIAL ASSETS
Investments classified as available-for-sale include marketable securities,
financial assets and certain other investments. Amounts at December 31, 1998 and
1997 are as follows:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
1998
-------------------------------------------------
GROSS GROSS
AMORTIZED UNREALIZED UNREALIZED MARKET
COST GAINS LOSSES VALUE
DM (000) DM (000) DM (000) DM (000)
--------- ---------- ---------- --------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Equity securities............................. 63,110 113,217 5,733 170,594
Debt securities............................... 106,924 7,850 -- 114,774
------- ------- ----- -------
Total......................................... 170,034 121,067 5,733 285,368
======= ======= ===== =======
</TABLE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
1997
-------------------------------------------------
GROSS GROSS
AMORTIZED UNREALIZED UNREALIZED MARKET
COST GAINS LOSSES VALUE
DM (000) DM (000) DM (000) DM (000)
--------- ---------- ---------- --------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Equity securities............................. 12,922 5,725 -- 18,647
Debt securities............................... 286,914 5,805 429 292,290
------- ------- ----- -------
Total......................................... 299,836 11,530 429 310,937
======= ======= ===== =======
</TABLE>
F-15
<PAGE> 87
(L) FAIR VALUE OF FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS
The Company utilizes various types of financial instruments in the ordinary
course of business. These instruments include recorded assets and liabilities as
well as items that principally involve off-balance sheet risk. Detailed
information about the fair value of the Company's financial instruments is
included in notes 18, 22 and 40. A summary of the Company's financial instrument
fair values is presented below.
-- Marketable securities, other investments and long-term investments: The
fair values of marketable securities, other investments and long-term
investments are based upon available quoted market prices on December
31.
-- Accounts receivable and other loans: The fair values of accounts
receivable and other loans approximate their carrying values.
Differences between the fair values and carrying values represent
unrealized transaction gains resulting from changes in foreign currency
exchange rates.
-- Short-term bank loans and overdrafts: The carrying value of short-term
debt approximates fair value because of the brief duration of time
between the origination of the borrowings and their maturities.
-- Derivative financial instruments: The fair value of derivatives
generally reflects the estimated amounts the Company would pay or
receive to terminate the contracts at the reporting date, thereby
considering unrecognized gains or losses of open positions. Carrying
values, as required under German GAAP, represent the lower of cost or
market.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
AT DECEMBER 31,
-----------------------------------------------
1998 1997
---------------------- ----------------------
CARRYING CARRYING
VALUE FAIR VALUE VALUE FAIR VALUE
DM (000) DM (000) DM (000) DM (000)
--------- ---------- --------- ----------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Accounts receivable............................. 2,964,629 2,964,629 2,435,699 2,449,860
Marketable securities........................... -- -- 167,092 168,042
Other investments............................... 63,110 170,594 50,920 62,329
Long-term investments........................... 106,924 114,774 109,498 114,248
Other loans..................................... 36,147 36,147 41,584 41,826
Derivative financial instruments
Forward exchange contracts...................... (217) 607 (2,052) 3,551
Foreign currency options........................ -- -- -- 562
Short-term bank loans and overdrafts............ 236,643 236,643 163,547 163,547
</TABLE>
(M) EARNINGS PER SHARE
Earnings per ordinary share and preference share for the years ended
December 31, 1998, 1997 and 1996 have been calculated using the two-class method
in accordance with Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 128,
"Earnings per Share." Net income is allocated between ordinary shares and
preference shares in calculating earnings per share for each class of stock.
This allocation weights net income available (net income less dividends), to the
extent that each class of stock may share in the earnings as if all of the
earnings for the period had been distributed. Distributed earnings are allocated
to each class of stock based on the respective dividends paid. In arriving at
earnings per share, the total allocated earnings for each class of stock is
divided by the weighted average number of shares outstanding to which the
earnings are allocated. Because the Company's convertible bonds have a dilutive
effect, they were considered outstanding for the diluted earnings per share
calculation.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
1998(1) 1997(1) 1996(1)
--------- --------- ---------
<S> <C> <C> <C>
Net income applicable to basic and diluted EPS:......... 1,030,613 873,574 452,151
Less dividends:
Ordinary shares....................................... (170,788) (140,281) (79,282)
Preference shares..................................... (123,425) (99,912) (54,333)
--------- --------- ---------
Net income available to holders of ordinary shares and
preference shares..................................... 736,400 633,381 318,536
========= ========= =========
</TABLE>
F-16
<PAGE> 88
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
1998(1) 1997(1) 1996(1)
--------------------- --------------------- ---------------------
ORDINARY PREFERENCE ORDINARY PREFERENCE ORDINARY PREFERENCE
-------- ---------- -------- ---------- -------- ----------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Allocated net income available......... 428,849 307,551 370,841 262,540 189,277 129,259
Distributed earnings................... 170,788 123,425 140,281 99,912 79,282 54,333
------- ------- ------- ------- ------- -------
Total allocated earnings -- Basic
EPS.................................. 599,637 430,976 511,122 362,452 268,559 183,592
Conversion of convertible bonds........ (3,338) 3,338 (5,012) 5,012 (7,160) 7,160
------- ------- ------- ------- ------- -------
Total allocated earnings -- Diluted
EPS.................................. 596,299 434,314 506,110 367,464 261,399 190,752
======= ======= ======= ======= ======= =======
Weighted average ordinary shares
outstanding applicable to basic and
diluted EPS:
</TABLE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
1998(1) 1997(1) 1996(1)
--------------------- --------------------- ---------------------
ORDINARY PREFERENCE ORDINARY PREFERENCE ORDINARY PREFERENCE
-------- ---------- -------- ---------- -------- ----------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Weighted average shares -- Basic....... 60,998 43,436 60,994 42,842 60,988 41,061
Conversion convertible bonds........... 2 815 6 1,409 12 3,190
------- ------- ------- ------- ------- -------
Weighted average shares -- Diluted..... 61,000 44,251 61,000 44,251 61,000 44,251
======= ======= ======= ======= ======= =======
Earnings per share -- Basic............ 9.83 9.92 8.38 8.46 4.40 4.47
Earnings per share -- Diluted.......... 9.78 9.81 8.30 8.30 4.29 4.31
</TABLE>
- ---------------
(1) Amounts are in (i) thousands, except for per share information, and (ii) DM,
except for share information.
D. NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED INCOME STATEMENTS
(7) SALES REVENUES
Sales revenues by types of activity for the years ended December 31, are as
follows:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
1998 1997 1996
DM (000) DM (000) DM (000)
--------- --------- ---------
<S> <C> <C> <C>
Product................................................. 5,256,941 4,097,117 2,630,512
Consulting.............................................. 2,193,276 1,251,128 735,302
Training................................................ 893,360 579,928 306,102
Other................................................... 121,717 89,293 50,234
--------- --------- ---------
Total................................................... 8,465,294 6,017,466 3,722,150
========= ========= =========
</TABLE>
(8) OTHER OPERATING INCOME
Other operating income for the years ended December 31, are as follows:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
1998 1997 1996
DM (000) DM (000) DM (000)
-------- -------- --------
<S> <C> <C> <C>
Foreign exchange gains................................... 127,680 43,401 27,962
Employee contributions for company cars.................. 12,965 9,923 7,324
Gain on disposal of fixed assets......................... 5,838 4,958 3,432
Gain on sale of marketable securities.................... 4,551 1,640 1,826
Cafeteria sales.......................................... 2,496 1,633 1,338
Rental income............................................ 2,121 3,553 2,944
Income from prior periods................................ 806 1,666 104
Other income............................................. 12,814 13,192 28,782
------- ------ ------
Total.................................................... 169,271 79,966 73,712
======= ====== ======
</TABLE>
The significant change in exchange gains resulted from the high volatility
of foreign currencies and income from hedging transactions.
F-17
<PAGE> 89
(9) COST OF SERVICES AND MATERIALS
Cost of services and materials for the years ended December 31 are as
follows:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
1998 1997 1996
DM (000) DM (000) DM (000)
--------- -------- --------
<S> <C> <C> <C>
Raw materials and supplies, purchased goods.............. 23,604 16,485 13,967
Purchased services....................................... 1,156,539 589,234 380,417
--------- ------- -------
Total.................................................... 1,180,143 605,719 394,384
========= ======= =======
</TABLE>
The changes in purchased services resulted from additional purchases of
consulting services, which have been reinvoiced to SAP customers.
(10) PERSONNEL EXPENSES / NUMBER OF EMPLOYEES
Personnel expenses for the years ended December 31, are as follows:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
1998 1997 1996
DM (000) DM (000) DM (000)
--------- --------- ---------
<S> <C> <C> <C>
Salaries................................................ 2,615,945 1,786,980 1,138,518
Social security......................................... 336,106 217,988 143,630
Pension expense......................................... 91,513 69,952 56,325
--------- --------- ---------
Total................................................... 3,043,564 2,074,920 1,338,473
========= ========= =========
</TABLE>
The average number of employees was as follows:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
1998 1997 1996
--------- --------- ---------
<S> <C> <C> <C>
Employees............................................... 17,323 11,558 8,177
</TABLE>
The 1998 figures include 362 employees of the consolidated joint venture
company, determined on a proportional basis. The corresponding number of
employees for 1997 was 330.
(11) OTHER OPERATING EXPENSES
Other operating expenses for the years ended December 31, are as follows:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
1998 1997 1996
DM (000) DM (000) DM (000)
--------- --------- ----------
<S> <C> <C> <C>
Travel................................................. 424,008 292,029 191,973
Marketing.............................................. 391,518 279,871 162,786
Licenses and commissions............................... 322,363 209,215 104,819
Rent................................................... 280,213 202,067 118,553
Additional personnel expenses.......................... 165,143 96,398 58,038
Telecommunication/postage.............................. 118,130 84,905 51,423
Bad debt expense....................................... 110,978 52,034 34,218
Consulting/administration.............................. 108,955 89,195 58,572
Exchange rate differences.............................. 101,380 83,305 28,596
Service costs/maintenance.............................. 85,296 63,003 42,642
Entertainment.......................................... 46,479 48,988 24,400
Documentation.......................................... 35,150 28,320 20,633
Other third-party services............................. 25,322 21,402 13,749
Computer services...................................... 10,492 6,453 4,910
Insurance.............................................. 9,340 8,254 7,451
Other.................................................. 31,893 46,289 32,983
--------- --------- ----------
Total.................................................. 2,266,660 1,611,728 955,746
========= ========= ==========
</TABLE>
Major changes in other operating expenses resulted from increased business
transactions as well as the increased number of employees.
F-18
<PAGE> 90
(12) LOSS / INCOME FROM INVESTMENTS
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
1998 1997 1996
DM (000) DM (000) DM (000)
--------- --------- ---------
<S> <C> <C> <C>
Income from unconsolidated affiliated companies......... 863 591 --
Results from associated companies....................... (32,385) 2,909 1,745
--------- --------- ---------
Total................................................... (31,522) 3,500 1,745
========= ========= =========
</TABLE>
The negative results from associated companies in 1998 includes a DM 36,549
thousand start-up loss at Pandesic LLC, held jointly with Intel Corp.
(13) WRITE-DOWN OF FINANCIAL ASSETS
The write-down of financial assets includes the discounting to present
value of interest-free loans to employees.
(14) NET INTEREST INCOME
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
1998 1997 1996
DM (000) DM (000) DM (000)
-------- -------- --------
<S> <C> <C> <C>
Other interest and similar income........................ 67,739 56,344 30,461
Interest and similar expenses............................ (6,923) (3,782) (2,618)
------ ------ ------
60,816 52,562 27,843
====== ====== ======
</TABLE>
Interest income is derived primarily from cash and cash equivalents,
marketable securities, long-term investments and other loans.
(15) TAXES ON INCOME
Income tax expense for the years ended December 31, consists of the
following:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
1998 1997 1996
DM (000) DM (000) DM (000)
-------- -------- --------
<S> <C> <C> <C>
Current taxes
German corporation tax on income....................... 283,283 228,570 139,099
German trade tax on income............................. 126,962 107,949 70,485
Foreign................................................ 442,301 417,161 207,443
------- ------- -------
852,546 753,680 417,027
Deferred taxes........................................... (29,840) (45,326) (34,613)
------- ------- -------
Total taxes on income.................................. 822,706 708,354 382,414
======= ======= =======
</TABLE>
Income taxes in 1998 compared to 1997 increased mainly due to higher
earnings in 1998.
The income before income taxes is attributable to the following geographic
locations:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
1998 1997 1996
DM (000) DM (000) DM (000)
--------- --------- --------
<S> <C> <C> <C>
Germany................................................. 908,576 785,122 495,497
Foreign................................................. 966,478 848,586 454,453
--------- --------- -------
Income before income taxes.............................. 1,875,054 1,633,708 949,950
========= ========= =======
</TABLE>
The effective tax rate, before other taxes, of the SAP Group for the years
ended December 31, 1998 and 1997 was 42.8% and 42.5% respectively. The table
below shows the reconciliation of the current German statutory retained earnings
corporate income tax rate of 45% and the effective tax rate. Because of the
lower German tax rate for income distributed to shareholders, the domestic
corporation tax is reduced according to the Executive Board's proposal for
income appropriation.
The corporation tax reduction applies to the year that gives rise to
dividend distribution. In addition, shareholders tax-resident in Germany receive
a credit of the full corporation tax against their personal income
F-19
<PAGE> 91
tax liability. A solidarity surcharge of 5.5% is imposed in respect of German
corporation tax liability. The effective domestic trade tax rate, before other
taxes, for the years ended December 31, 1998 and 1997 was 14.3% and 13.5%,
respectively.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
1998 1997
DM (000) DM (000)
--------- ---------
<S> <C> <C>
Income before income taxes.................................. 1,875,054 1,633,708
German trade tax on income.................................. 130,169 107,249
--------- ---------
Profit after German trade tax on income................... 1,744,883 1,526,459
--------- ---------
Corporation tax on income @ 45%............................. 785,198 686,907
German trade tax on income.................................. 130,169 107,249
Solidarity charge........................................... 12,799 15,927
Tax reduction for dividend payments......................... (69,351) (63,046)
Foreign tax rate differential, net.......................... (92,779) (51,098)
Utilization of loss carryforwards........................... (929) (613)
Tax on non-deductible expenses.............................. 19,041 11,092
Tax effect on current year losses........................... 53,326 1,701
Consolidation effects....................................... (7,701) 1,990
Other....................................................... (7,067) (1,755)
--------- ---------
822,706 708,354
--------- ---------
</TABLE>
In accordance with the deferral method, the differences between assets,
liabilities and net income calculated for tax purposes and for financial
reporting purposes that are expected to reverse in the future are shown below.
In contrast to U.S. GAAP, net operating losses are not recorded as a deferred
tax asset under German GAAP. Based upon past results of subsidiaries and
expectations of similar performance in the future, the taxable income of these
subsidiaries will more likely than not be sufficient to fully recognize the net
deferred asset related to these subsidiaries.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
1998 1997
DM (000) DM (000)
--------- ---------
<S> <C> <C>
Deferred tax assets
Accounts receivable....................................... 22,434 23,791
Other loans............................................... 3,489 2,822
Pension provision......................................... -- 5,486
Other provisions.......................................... 105,561 100,678
Other..................................................... 2,836 2,310
--------- ---------
Deferred tax assets.................................... 134,320 135,087
========= =========
Deferred tax liabilities
Fixed assets.............................................. (13,305) (19,842)
Deferred income........................................... (24,516) (25,267)
Pension provision......................................... (5,518) --
--------- ---------
Deferred tax liabilities............................... (43,339) (45,109)
--------- ---------
Net deferred tax asset................................. 90,981 89,978
========= =========
</TABLE>
At December 31, 1998, DM 130,831 thousand of deferred tax assets are
short-term and DM 3,489 thousand are long-term, while short-term deferred tax
liabilities amount to DM 24,516 thousand and long-term deferred tax liabilities
amount to DM 18,823 thousand. At December 31, 1997, DM 94,535 thousand of
deferred tax assets are short-term and DM 40,552 thousand are long-term, while
short-term deferred tax liabilities amount to DM 25,267 thousand and long-term
deferred tax liabilities amount to DM 19,842 thousand.
Certain foreign subsidiaries of the Company have net operating loss
carryforwards at December 31, 1998 and 1997, totaling approximately DM 125,973
thousand and DM 17,283 thousand, respectively, which may be
F-20
<PAGE> 92
used to offset future taxable income. The increase in net operating loss
carryforwards resulted from losses in Japan in the amount of DM 110,226
thousand. The majority of carryforward losses will expire at different dates
over the next three to five years.
E. NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEET
(16) INTANGIBLE ASSETS
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
TRADEMARKS,
SIMILAR RIGHTS
DM (000) AND ASSETS GOODWILL TOTAL
- -------- -------------- -------- -------
<S> <C> <C> <C>
PURCHASE COST
1/1/98.................................................... 61,799 55,006 116,805
Foreign currency exchange rate changes.................... 3,119 -- 3,119
Additions................................................. 46,622 65,206 111,828
Retirements............................................... (13,851) -- (13,851)
Transfers................................................. 34 -- 34
------- ------- -------
12/31/98.................................................. 97,723 120,212 217,935
------- ------- -------
ACCUMULATED DEPRECIATION
1/1/98.................................................... 31,465 4,041 35,506
Foreign currency exchange rate changes.................... 2,499 -- 2,499
Additions................................................. 20,205 22,136 42,341
Retirements............................................... (13,769) -- (13,769)
Transfers................................................. 4 -- 4
------- ------- -------
12/31/98.................................................. 40,404 26,177 66,581
------- ------- -------
BOOK VALUE 12/31/98....................................... 57,319 94,035 151,354
------- ------- -------
Book value 12/31/97....................................... 30,334 50,965 81,299
------- ------- -------
</TABLE>
The additions to trademarks, similar rights and assets relate to software
programs. The additions to goodwill in the Group relate to the capitalization of
goodwill arising from consolidation.
(17) PROPERTY, PLANT AND EQUIPMENT
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
LAND, LEASEHOLD
IMPROVEMENTS, AND ADVANCE
BUILDINGS, INCLUDING OTHER PROPERTY, PAYMENTS AND
BUILDINGS ON PLANT AND CONSTRUCTION
DM (000) THIRD-PARTY LAND EQUIPMENT IN PROGRESS TOTAL
- -------- -------------------- --------------- ------------ ---------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C>
PURCHASE COST
1/1/98............................ 609,679 747,028 99,076 1,455,783
Foreign currency exchange rate
changes......................... 4,361 442 (165) 4,638
Additions......................... 154,387 256,580 237,218 648,185
Retirements....................... (7,230) (148,539) -- (155,769)
Transfers......................... 81,801 11,473 (93,308) (34)
------- -------- -------- ---------
12/31/98.......................... 842,998 866,984 242,821 1,952,803
------- -------- -------- ---------
ACCUMULATED DEPRECIATION
1/1/98............................ 103,009 499,462 -- 602,471
Foreign currency exchange rate
changes......................... 780 3,155 -- 3,935
Additions......................... 48,838 180,169 -- 229,007
Retirements....................... (4,832) (140,091) -- (144,923)
Transfers......................... (220) 216 -- (4)
------- -------- -------- ---------
12/31/98.......................... 147,575 542,911 -- 690,486
------- -------- -------- ---------
BOOK VALUE 12/31/98............... 695,423 324,073 242,821 1,262,317
------- -------- -------- ---------
Book value 12/31/97............... 506,670 247,566 99,076 853,312
------- -------- -------- ---------
</TABLE>
The additions in other property, plant and equipment comprise primarily the
purchase of computer hardware.
F-21
<PAGE> 93
(18) FINANCIAL ASSETS
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
INVESTMENTS
SHARES IN IN
AFFILIATED ASSOCIATED OTHER LONG-TERM OTHER
DM (000) COMPANIES COMPANIES INVESTMENTS INVESTMENTS LOANS TOTAL
- -------- ---------- ----------- ----------- ----------- ------- -------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
PURCHASE COST
1/1/98.................. 11,984 18,773 50,920 109,499 50,154 241,330
Foreign currency
exchange rate
changes............... 940 -- (542) (571) 3 (170)
Additions............... 12,902 7,085 41,822 331 13,821 75,961
Retirements............. (13,229) (156) (29,090) (2,335) (17,744) (62,554)
------- ------ ------- ------- ------- -------
12/31/98................ 12,597 25,702 63,110 106,924 46,234 254,567
------- ------ ------- ------- ------- -------
ACCUMULATED DEPRECIATION
1/1/98.................. 4,966 -- -- -- 8,570 13,536
Foreign currency
exchange rate
changes............... -- -- -- -- 1 1
Additions............... 891 -- -- -- 3,205 4,096
Retirements............. (5,756) -- -- -- (608) (6,364)
Write-ups............... -- -- -- -- (1,081) (1,081)
------- ------ ------- ------- ------- -------
12/31/98................ 101 -- -- -- 10,087 10,188
------- ------ ------- ------- ------- -------
BOOK VALUE 12/31/98..... 12,496 25,702 63,110 106,924 36,147 244,379
------- ------ ------- ------- ------- -------
Book value 12/31/97..... 7,018 18,773 50,920 109,499 41,584 227,794
------- ------ ------- ------- ------- -------
</TABLE>
Financial assets include long-term investments at December 31, as follows:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
1998 1997
---------------------------------- ----------------------------------
BOOK MARKET UNREALIZED BOOK MARKET UNREALIZED
VALUES VALUES GAINS VALUES VALUES GAINS
DM (000) DM (000) DM (000) DM (000) DM (000) DM (000)
-------- -------- ---------- -------- -------- ----------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Securities with fixed
maturities........... 100,000 107,850 7,850 100,000 104,750 4,750
Other securities....... 6,924 6,924 -- 9,499 9,499 --
------- ------- ----- ------- ------- -----
106,924 114,774 7,850 109,499 114,249 4,750
======= ======= ===== ======= ======= =====
</TABLE>
Securities with fixed maturities mature in more than five years.
The other loans include interest bearing and non-interest bearing loans to
employees and third parties.
(19) INVENTORIES
As of December 31, 1998, inventories primarily consist of work-in-process
of DM 31,472 thousand which are services performed on consulting contracts,
accounted for under the completed contract method, and office supplies and
documentation of DM 5,421 thousand. Under the completed contract method, the
cost of services provided are recorded in inventory and the related gross profit
is recognized upon project completion and customer acceptance.
(20) ACCOUNTS RECEIVABLE
Amounts shown on the consolidated balance sheets are net of allowance for
bad debts of DM 157,201 thousand and DM 92,362 thousand at December 31, 1998 and
1997, respectively.
At December 31, 1998 and 1997, accounts receivable having a remaining term
greater than one year and less than two years are DM 56,140 thousand and DM
86,732 thousand, respectively.
Concentrations of operating risks are limited due to the Company's large
customer base and its dispersion across many different industries and countries
worldwide. No single customer accounted for 10% or more of revenues for fiscal
year 1998 and 1997.
F-22
<PAGE> 94
(21) OTHER ASSETS
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
1998 1997
DM (000) DM (000)
-------- --------
<S> <C> <C>
Other assets................................................ 194,387 167,152
- -- thereof with a remaining term greater than 1 year........ (110,950) (95,927)
</TABLE>
Other assets include interest receivable for the period, tax refund claims,
notes receivable, cash surrender value of insurance policies and rental
deposits.
(22) MARKETABLE SECURITIES
This item consists primarily of fixed-income securities.
The book values, market values and unrealized gains of the marketable
securities on the consolidated balance sheets as of December 31, are as follows:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
1998 1997
-------------------------------- --------------------------------
BOOK MARKET UNREALIZED BOOK MARKET UNREALIZED
VALUES VALUES GAINS VALUES VALUES GAINS
DM (000) DM (000) DM (000) DM (000) DM (000) DM (000)
-------- -------- ---------- -------- -------- ----------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Securities with fixed maturities... -- -- -- 167,050 167,984 934
Other securities................... -- -- -- 42 58 16
------ ------ ------ ------- ------- ---
-- -- -- 167,092 168,042 950
------ ------ ------ ------- ------- ---
</TABLE>
Marketable securities with fixed maturities as of December 31, are as
follows:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
NOMINAL VALUE
-------------------
1998 1997
DM (000) DM (000)
-------- --------
<S> <C> <C>
Due within 1 year........................................... -- 5,000
Due between 1 and 5 years................................... -- 125,000
Due after 5 years........................................... -- 35,413
------ -------
-- 165,413
------ -------
</TABLE>
During the fiscal year, SAP AG acquired 39,402 of its own shares,
representing 0.04 % of the capital stock, at an average market price of DM 829,
for the purpose of offering them to its employees (Article 71 (1) no. 2 of the
German Stock Corporation Act). Such shares were transferred to employees during
the year at an average price of DM 824 per share. The Company did not hold any
of its own shares as of the balance sheet closing date.
The foreign subsidiaries of the Company purchased 196,225 American
Depository Receipts ("ADRs"), at an average price of USD 45.94 and were
distributed by an administrator to employees. Twelve ADRs are equivalent to one
preference share.
F-23
<PAGE> 95
(23) LIQUID ASSETS
Liquid assets are stated at their nominal amounts. The Company has cash
investment policies that limit investments to investment grade securities.
The Company considers all cash and cash equivalents and time deposits as
liquid assets.
Liquid assets at December 31, consists of the following:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
1998 1997
DM (000) DM (000)
--------- --------
<S> <C> <C>
Cash at banks............................................... 313,304 213,220
Time deposits with maturities of 3 months or less at the
date of acquisition....................................... 900,985 579,590
--------- -------
CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS................................... 1,214,289 792,810
--------- -------
Time deposits with maturities greater than 3 months and less
than 1 year............................................... 26,542 123,710
Time deposits with maturities exceeding 1 year.............. 70,000 80,900
--------- -------
LIQUID ASSETS............................................... 1,310,831 997,420
========= =======
</TABLE>
Liquid assets, in the consolidated balance sheets, are reconciled to cash
and cash equivalents shown on the consolidated statements of cash flows, in
Section F, note 36.
(24) PREPAID EXPENSES AND DEFERRED CHARGES
This balance sheet line item is mainly comprised of prepayments for rental
contracts, leases and maintenance contracts.
(25) SUBSCRIBED CAPITAL
At December 31, 1998, issued and outstanding subscribed capital of the
Company was as follows:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
NUMBER AND THE TYPE OF SHARES DM
- ----------------------------- -----------
<S> <C> <C>
61,000,000 no-par ordinary shares.................... 305,000,000
43,564,499 no-par preference shares.................. 217,822,495
-----------
522,822,495
===========
</TABLE>
Preference shares rank equally with the ordinary shares with respect to
liquidation rights and pre-emptive rights. A holder of preference shares is
entitled to a cumulative annual preferred dividend which exceeds the annual
dividend paid to holders of ordinary shares by an amount equal to DM 0.05 per
preference share but in no event less than a minimum dividend equal to DM 0.05
per preference share. Holders of preference shares have no voting rights except
in limited instances. The preference shares are not entitled to a preference in
liquidation but rank pari passu with the ordinary shares.
By resolution of the Annual General Meeting held May 7, 1998, the Executive
Board was authorized, subject to the approval of the Supervisory Board, to issue
additional no-par bearer preference shares which may be issued through the
period ending May 15, 2003. The issuance of all of these shares would increase
capital stock by DM 10,000 thousand. The new shares are to be offered to
shareholders for subscription. This right was not exercised during the fiscal
year.
During 1998, the subscribed capital increased only to the extent holders
exercised their conversion rights under convertible bonds. As conversion rights
under the 1988/1998 convertible bond issue were exercised, DM 28 thousand of
contingent capital (corresponding to 4,450 no-par ordinary shares and 1,120
no-par preference shares) was converted into capital stock. As conversion rights
under the 1994/2004 convertible bond issue were exercised in 1998, DM 1,281
thousand of contingent capital (corresponding to 256,260 no-par preference
shares) was converted into capital stock. As a result, contingent capital
decreased by DM 1,309 thousand, and totaled DM 3,428 thousand on December 31,
1998. Subsequent to the conversion of these bonds, there were 685,501 approved
preference shares remaining that had not yet been converted at December 31,
1998.
F-24
<PAGE> 96
Refer to the consolidated statement of changes in shareholders' equity in
the consolidated financial statements.
(26) CAPITAL RESERVES
Of the increase in the capital reserves in 1998, DM 40 thousand resulted
from the premium necessary to cover the exercise of conversion rights for the
1988/1998 convertible bonds, and DM 24,345 thousand from the premium necessary
to cover the exercise of conversion rights for the 1994/2004 convertible bonds.
(27) SPECIAL RESERVES FOR CAPITAL INVESTMENT SUBSIDIES AND ALLOWANCES
The consolidated balance sheets include special reserves for capital
investment subsidies and allowances pursuant to regional development programs.
(28) PENSION RESERVES AND SIMILAR OBLIGATIONS
In 1998, the Company adopted the new disclosure requirements of Statement
of Financial Accounting Standards No. 132, "Employer's Disclosures About
Pensions and Other Postretirement Benefits."
The accrued pension and other similar obligations at December 31, consist
of the following:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
1998 1997
-------- --------
DM (000) DM (000)
<S> <C> <C>
Domestic pension plans reserves............................. 35,974 15,059
Other pension plans and similar obligations................. 6,148 26,402
------ ------
42,122 41,461
====== ======
</TABLE>
Reserves for pension obligations are established on the basis of benefit
plans that promise old age, disability and survivors' benefits. In most cases,
the benefit plans are performance-oriented, based on the length of service and
compensation of employees.
Effective January 1, 1998, the German pension plans and their respective
costs are determined using the Projected Unit Credit Method in accordance with
U.S. GAAP as defined by SFAS 87, "Employers' Accounting for Pensions." Current
pensions and remunerations prevailing on the balance sheet date as well as
forecasted future increases in these parameters are included in the valuation.
In 1997, similar obligations contained an amount of DM 19,726 thousand that
corresponds to the difference between the admissible value under commercial law
of the obligations computed in accordance with the German Income Tax Act, and
the value of the assets held by the relief fund. As a result of the adoption of
U.S. GAAP, this obligation is included in pension reserves in 1998.
The following disclosure as of December 31, 1997 does not correspond to the
values included in the balance sheet, and is included only for comparative
purposes in accordance with U.S. GAAP.
DOMESTIC PLANS
The pension plans in Germany are performance-oriented and the related plan
assets are held in accordance with the Company's policies by SAP Altersvorsorge
e.V., a legally independent relief fund sponsored by SAP AG. The payments of the
Company to the relief fund are recorded as current period expense. Members of
the Executive Board are covered by individual, performance-oriented benefit
plans, for which reserves have been established.
F-25
<PAGE> 97
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
1998 1997
DM (000) DM (000)
-------- --------
<S> <C> <C>
CHANGE IN BENEFIT OBLIGATION
Benefit obligation at beginning of year..................... 151,599 122,449
Service cost................................................ 21,799 18,327
Interest cost............................................... 9,861 7,963
Actuarial (gain) / loss..................................... 3,938 2,970
Benefits paid............................................... (139) (110)
-------- --------
Benefit obligation at end of year........................... 187,058 151,599
======== ========
CHANGE IN PLAN ASSETS
Fair value of plan assets at beginning of the year.......... 79,260 59,547
Actual return on plan assets................................ 6,253 4,684
Employer contributions...................................... 24,187 19,483
Life / disability insurance premiums and expenses........... (3,533) (4,344)
Benefits paid............................................... (139) (110)
-------- --------
FAIR VALUE OF PLAN ASSETS AT END OF THE YEAR................ 106,028 79,260
======== ========
Funded status............................................... 81,030 72,339
Unrecognized net actuarial gain............................. (31,803) (24,611)
Unrecognized transition asset............................... (27,121) (29,076)
-------- --------
ACCRUED BENEFIT COST........................................ 22,106 18,652
======== ========
</TABLE>
Included in the 1998 accrued benefit cost (DM 22,106 thousand) is the fair
value of plan assets in the amount of DM 13,868 thousand for the Board of
Directors plan. In the consolidated balance sheets, the amount is included in
other assets.
The following assumptions were used to develop the change in pension
obligation and the changes in plan assets of the German plans:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
1998 1997
% %
---- ----
<S> <C> <C>
Discount rate............................................... 6.0 6.5
Expected return on plan assets.............................. 6.5 6.5
Rate of compensation increase............................... 4.0 5.0
</TABLE>
COMPONENTS OF NET PERIODIC BENEFIT COST:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
1998 1997
-------- --------
DM (000) DM (000)
<S> <C> <C>
Service cost................................................ 21,799 18,327
Interest cost............................................... 9,861 7,963
Expected return on plan assets.............................. (6,619) (5,137)
Net amortization............................................ 2,600 2,564
------ ------
NET PERIODIC BENEFIT COST................................... 27,641 23,717
====== ======
</TABLE>
FOREIGN PLAN
SAP has a noncontributory defined benefit plan for certain of its foreign
employees who are at least 21 years old and have been employed by the Company
for at least one year. The plan provides benefits based upon compensation
levels, age and years of service.
F-26
<PAGE> 98
The change of the pension obligation and the change in plan assets for the
foreign plan are as follows:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
1998 1997
DM (000) DM (000)
-------- --------
<S> <C> <C>
CHANGE IN BENEFIT OBLIGATION
Benefit obligation at beginning of year..................... 22,477 9,725
Service cost................................................ 13,356 6,975
Interest cost............................................... 1,626 1,392
Actuarial (gain) / loss..................................... 2,907 2,516
Foreign currency exchange rate changes...................... (2,380) 1,868
------ ------
BENEFIT OBLIGATION AT END OF YEAR........................... 37,986 22,476
====== ======
CHANGE IN PLAN ASSETS
Fair value of plan assets at beginning of the year.......... 20,913 5,293
Actual return on plan assets................................ 2,200 1,441
Employer contribution....................................... 18,022 12,866
Foreign currency exchange rate changes...................... (2,394) 1,312
------ ------
FAIR VALUE OF PLAN ASSETS AT END OF THE YEAR................ 38,741 20,912
====== ======
Funded status............................................... (755) 1,564
Unrecognized net actuarial gain............................. (5,832) (3,627)
------ ------
PREPAID BENEFIT COST........................................ (6,587) (2,063)
====== ======
</TABLE>
The following assumptions were used to develop the change in pension
obligation and the change in plan assets of the foreign plan:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
1998 1997
DM (000) DM (000)
-------- --------
<S> <C> <C>
Discount rate............................................... 6.75 7.0
Expected return on plan assets.............................. 8.0 8.0
Rate of compensation increase............................... 6.0 6.0
</TABLE>
COMPONENTS OF NET PERIODIC BENEFIT COST:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
1998 1997
DM (000) DM (000)
-------- --------
<S> <C> <C>
Service cost................................................ 13,356 6,975
Interest cost............................................... 1,626 1,392
Expected return on plan assets.............................. (1,981) (900)
Net amortization and deferral............................... 115 59
------ -----
NET PERIODIC BENEFIT COST................................... 13,116 7,526
====== =====
</TABLE>
(29) OTHER RESERVES AND ACCRUED LIABILITIES
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
1998 1997
DM (000) DM (000)
--------- ---------
<S> <C> <C>
Accrued taxes............................................... 298,813 489,676
Other reserves and accrued liabilities...................... 967,336 630,438
--------- ---------
1,266,149 1,120,114
========= =========
</TABLE>
F-27
<PAGE> 99
Accrued taxes comprise liabilities for current and prior years.
Other reserves and accrued liabilities at December 31, are as follows:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
1998 1997
DM (000) DM (000)
--------- ---------
<S> <C> <C>
Obligations to employees.................................... 575,372 397,601
Obligations to suppliers.................................... 173,918 81,777
Vacation entitlement........................................ 112,334 77,954
SAR program obligation...................................... 47,581 --
Warranty and service costs.................................. 24,126 50,297
Contribution to employees' accident insurance account....... 5,445 4,003
Financial statement preparation costs....................... 3,673 2,435
Other....................................................... 24,887 16,371
--------- ---------
967,336 630,438
========= =========
</TABLE>
SAP accrues only for obligations when they are probable and reasonably
estimable.
Obligations to employees relate primarily to variable bonus payments tied
to earnings performance, paid out after the balance sheet date. Obligations to
suppliers represent services received or goods purchased for which SAP has not
yet been invoiced. Warranty and service costs accruals represent estimated
future warranty obligations for periods of free maintenance, and other minor
routine items provided under maintenance.
(30) BONDS
This item comprises the outstanding portion of the SAP AG 6 % 1994/2004
convertible bond issue, which amounts to DM 3,428 thousand (DM 4,709 thousand as
of December 31, 1997). The portion of the 1988/1998 floating-rate convertible
bond issue outstanding on December 31, 1997 (DM 4 thousand) was comprised of DM
50 registered convertible bonds, and carried a right, exercisable up until
October 20, 1998, to convert to SAP ordinary and preference shares. The exercise
of the conversion right resulted in 4,450 ordinary shares totaling DM 22
thousand as a proportion of capital stock, and 1,120 preference shares totaling
DM 6 thousand as a proportion of the capital stock. The 1994/2004 convertible
bond issue is comprised of 4,000,000 registered convertible bonds with a value
of DM 5 each. These convertible bonds carry a right, which can be exercised on
June 30, July 31, August 31, September 30, October 31, or November 30 of any
year up until June 30, 2004, to convert to preference shares. The exercise of
remaining conversion rights would result in 685,501 no-par preference shares.
(31) OTHER LIABILITIES
The information on liabilities required by German law is included in the
following summary. The liabilities are unsecured, excluding retention of title
and similar rights as is customary in the industry.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
TERM
TERM LESS BETWEEN 1 TERM MORE BALANCE ON BALANCE ON
THAN 1 YEAR AND 5 YEARS THAN 5 YEARS 12/31/1998 12/31/1997
DM (000) DM (000) DM (000) DM (000) DM (000)
----------- ----------- ------------ ---------- ----------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Bank loans and overdrafts................ 188,326 48,255 62 236,643 163,547
Advance payments received................ 98,809 -- -- 98,809 30,972
Accounts payable......................... 450,181 -- -- 450,181 318,309
Payables due to unconsolidated
affiliates............................. 8,447 -- -- 8,447 8,815
Taxes.................................... 181,708 -- -- 181,708 157,132
Social security.......................... 58,971 -- -- 58,971 42,193
Other liabilities........................ 55,442 71 24,425 79,938 93,271
--------- ------ ------ --------- ---------
1,041,884 48,326 24,487 1,114,697 814,239
========= ====== ====== ========= =========
</TABLE>
The bank loans and overdrafts relate primarily to loans taken out in Japan
due to the low interest rates prevailing in that country (DM 200,169 thousand).
F-28
<PAGE> 100
In the previous year, liabilities with a remaining term not exceeding one
year amounted to DM 809,701 thousand and those with a remaining term exceeding
five years amounted to DM 4,151 thousand.
(32) DEFERRED INCOME
This balance is comprised mainly of deferred maintenance revenue.
F. INFORMATION ON THE CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
(33) NET CASH PROVIDED BY OPERATING ACTIVITIES
The increase in net cash provided by operating activities resulted from an
increase in the Company's net income and a smaller increase in the accounts
receivable due to effective receivables management. Interest payments in 1998
and 1997 were DM 6,107 thousand and DM 3,803 thousand respectively. Income taxes
paid in fiscal 1998 and 1997 were DM 881,249 thousand and DM 560,725 thousand
respectively, net of refunds.
(34) NET CASH USED BY INVESTING ACTIVITIES
The higher financial requirements in 1998 and 1997 were caused by greater
investment in property, plant and equipment, necessary because of growth in the
business and increased employee numbers. The investments were financed wholly
from ordinary operations.
(35) NET CASH USED FOR FINANCING ACTIVITIES
Financing activities for 1998 used cash of DM 221,901 thousand for dividend
payments and provided proceeds from the issuance of debt.
(36) CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS
The following table shows the reconciliation of liquid assets shown in the
consolidated balance sheets to cash and cash equivalents shown in the
consolidated statements of cash flows:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
1998 1997 1996
DM (000) DM (000) DM (000)
--------- -------- --------
<S> <C> <C> <C>
Liquid assets............................................ 1,310,831 997,420 737,394
Less: Time deposits
Greater than 3 months.............................. 96,542 204,610 148,300
--------- ------- -------
Cash and cash equivalents................................ 1,214,289 792,810 589,094
========= ======= =======
</TABLE>
G. ADDITIONAL INFORMATION
(37) CONTINGENT LIABILITIES
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
1998 1997
DM (000) DM (000)
-------- --------
<S> <C> <C>
Notes receivable sold....................................... 41 13,128
Guarantees and endorsements................................. 3,015 364
Guarantees for unused lines of credit and other
commitments............................................... 437,529 162,639
Liabilities from the extension of collateral securities for
others.................................................... 55,238 6,570
------- -------
495,823 182,701
======= =======
</TABLE>
Contingent liabilities listed above have not been accrued because the
associated risk of loss is not probable.
F-29
<PAGE> 101
(38) OTHER FINANCIAL COMMITMENTS
Commitments under rental and operating leasing contracts as of December 31,
1998:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
DM (000)
--------
<S> <C>
Due 1999.................................................... 198,072
Due 2000.................................................... 140,193
Due 2001.................................................... 95,136
Due 2002.................................................... 65,700
Due 2003.................................................... 48,630
Due thereafter.............................................. 149,602
</TABLE>
Purchase commitments amounting to DM 168,061 thousand at December 31, 1998
are within the limit of authorized capital expenditures.
(39) LITIGATION AND CLAIMS
The bankruptcy trustee of the U.S. company FoxMeyer Corp. ("FoxMeyer") has
instituted legal proceedings against SAP America, Inc., the American subsidiary
of SAP AG, and SAP AG, claiming damages in an amount in excess of U.S.$500
million, punitive damages and other relief. FoxMeyer was a pharmaceutical
wholesaler that filed for bankruptcy protection in 1996. FoxMeyer's bankruptcy
trustee has alleged that SAP America, Inc. made false assurances concerning the
functionality of the R/3 System software. A motion to dismiss brought by SAP AG
and SAP America, Inc. is currently pending. While the ultimate outcome of this
matter cannot be determined presently with certainty, the Company believes that
FoxMeyer's claims in this action are without merit. The Company is vigorously
defending against the claims, and believes that this action is not likely to
have a material effect on its results of operations, financial condition or cash
flows.
SAP is subject to legal proceedings and claims, either asserted or
unasserted, which arise in the ordinary course of business. Although the outcome
of these proceedings and claims cannot be predicted with certainty, management
does not believe that the outcome of any of these matters will have a material
adverse effect on the Company's results of operations, financial condition or
cash flows. Any litigation, however, involves potential risk and potentially
significant litigation costs, and therefore there can be no assurance that any
litigation which is now pending or which may arise in the future will not have a
material adverse effect on the Company's results of operations, financial
condition, or cash flows.
(40) DERIVATIVE FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS
As an internationally active enterprise, the Company is subject to risks
from interest-rate and currency fluctuations in its ordinary operations. The
Company utilizes derivative financial instruments to reduce such risks as
described below. The derivative financial instruments employed by the Company
are exclusively marketable instruments with sufficient liquidity. The Company
does not hold or issue derivative financial instruments for trading purposes.
Consistent guidelines and strict controls govern the use of derivative financial
instruments.
The Company is exposed to credit-related losses in the event of
non-performance by counterparties to derivative financial instruments. To avoid
these counterparty risks, the Company conducts business exclusively with major
financial institutions. The credit exposure on interest rate, foreign exchange
forward and currency option contracts is represented by the fair value of
contracts with a positive fair value at year-end.
Foreign Exchange Risk Management
Most SAP AG subsidiaries have entered into license agreements with SAP AG
pursuant to which the subsidiary acquires the right to sublicense the Company's
products to customers within a specific territory. Under those agreements, the
subsidiaries generally are required to pay SAP AG a royalty equivalent to a
percentage of the product fees paid to them by their customers within 90 days
following the end of the month in which the subsidiary recognizes the revenue.
These inter-company royalties payable to SAP AG are generally denominated in the
respective subsidiary's local currency in order to centralize the foreign
currency
F-30
<PAGE> 102
risks with SAP AG in Germany. The delay between the date when the subsidiary
records product revenue and the date when payment is made to SAP AG by such
subsidiary exposes SAP AG to foreign exchange risk.
The Company closely monitors its foreign exchange exposure. The Company
enters into foreign exchange forward contracts and currency options to protect
the existing and/or expected foreign currency inter-company claims and
liabilities. Specifically, these foreign exchange contracts offset existing and
anticipated inter-company receivables in the countries with significant
operations including the United States, Japan, the United Kingdom, Switzerland
and Australia. Anticipated transactions represent expected inter-company amounts
resulting from revenues generated within the next 12 months from the purchase
date of the derivative instrument. Generally, the maturities of such derivative
instruments do not exceed 12 months from the date of purchase. Management
believes the use of foreign currency derivative financial instruments reduces
the risks that arise from doing business in international markets.
The notional values and fair values of the derivative financial instruments
as of December 31, 1998 and 1997 are as follows:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
1998 1997
---------------------- ----------------------
NOTIONAL NOTIONAL
FOREIGN EXCHANGE DERIVATIVES VALUE FAIR VALUE VALUE FAIR VALUE
- ---------------------------- -------- ---------- -------- ----------
DM (000) DM (000) DM (000) DM (000)
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Forward exchange contracts
Gains......................................... 444,989 824 247,820 5,603
Losses........................................ 169,396 (217) 91,740 (2,052)
------- ---- ------- ------
Net gain...................................... 614,385 607 339,560 3,551
------- ---- ------- ------
Net foreign exchange losses on underlying
inter-company claims and liabilities....... -- (3,125)
---- ------
607 426
==== ======
Foreign currency options........................ -- -- 25,600 562
</TABLE>
See Section C for additional fair value information.
Interest Rate Risk Management
The Company enters into interest rate swaps to better manage the interest
income on its cash equivalents, marketable securities and long-term investments
and to partially mitigate the impact of German interest rate fluctuations on
these investments. The Company holds such derivative instruments for purposes
other than trading. No swaps were outstanding at December 31, 1998 and 1997.
(41) SEGMENT INFORMATION
SAP is a leading international developer and supplier of integrated
business application software designed to provide cost-effective comprehensive
solutions for businesses.
The Company adopted Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 131,
"Disclosures about Segments of an Enterprise and Related Information" ("SFAS
131"), in 1998. SFAS 131 establishes standards for the way in which public
companies disclose certain information about operating segments in the Company's
financial reports.
SAP operates in one industry segment, the design, development, marketing,
licensing and support of client/server and mainframe standard business
application software. The Company markets its products and services through its
subsidiaries and distributors throughout the world. The majority of software
development occurs in Germany although the Company maintains development
facilities at certain of its foreign locations. SAP does not have a structure of
operational segments for which separate financial data could be prepared.
F-31
<PAGE> 103
The following table presents a summary of operations by geographic region.
The following amounts are based upon consolidated data. Therefore, the total of
each of the following categories reconciles to the consolidated financial
statements.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
RESULTS FROM
SALES BY DESTINATION SALES BY OPERATION ORDINARY OPERATIONS TOTAL ASSETS
--------------------- --------------------- --------------------- ---------------------
1998 1997 1998 1997 1998 1997 1998 1997
DM (000) DM (000) DM (000) DM (000) DM (000) DM (000) DM (000) DM (000)
--------- --------- --------- --------- --------- --------- --------- ---------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Germany......................... 1,565,088 1,149,078 1,726,544 1,262,552 911,134 792,819 1,874,280 1,659,477
Rest of EMEA(1)................. 2,233,644 1,488,449 2,107,651 1,451,065 385,328 313,262 1,543,812 1,200,026
--------- --------- --------- --------- --------- --------- --------- ---------
Total EMEA.................... 3,798,732 2,637,527 3,834,195 2,713,617 1,296,462 1,106,081 3,418,092 2,859,503
--------- --------- --------- --------- --------- --------- --------- ---------
United States................... 3,068,493 2,105,573 3,073,749 2,053,307 513,547 357,551 1,880,495 1,317,033
Rest of Americas................ 858,379 489,181 851,513 504,808 135,184 104,368 421,331 310,244
--------- --------- --------- --------- --------- --------- --------- ---------
Total Americas................ 3,926,872 2,594,754 3,925,262 2,558,115 648,731 461,919 2,301,826 1,627,277
--------- --------- --------- --------- --------- --------- --------- ---------
Asia-Pacific.................. 739,690 785,185 705,837 745,734 (24,971) 98,936 576,860 583,480
--------- --------- --------- --------- --------- --------- --------- ---------
Total......................... 8,465,294 6,017,466 8,465,294 6,017,466 1,920,222 1,666,936 6,296,778 5,070,260
========= ========= ========= ========= ========= ========= ========= =========
</TABLE>
- ---------------
(1) Europe/Middle East/Africa
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
PROPERTY, PLANT AND
EQUIPMENT CAPITAL EXPENDITURES DEPRECIATION EMPLOYEES
-------------------- --------------------- ------------------- -------------------
1998 1997 1998 1997 1998 1997 1998 1997
DM (000) DM (000) DM (000) DM (000) DM (000) DM (000) DM (000) DM (000)
--------- -------- --------- --------- -------- -------- -------- --------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Germany......................... 675,074 484,855 318,343 193,242 119,647 95,829 7,679 5,516
Rest of EMEA(1)................. 255,123 187,943 112,159 153,033 47,260 30,578 3,281 1,969
--------- ------- ------- ------- ------- ------- ------ ------
Total EMEA...................... 930,197 672,798 430,502 346,275 166,907 126,407 10,960 7,485
--------- ------- ------- ------- ------- ------- ------ ------
United States................... 255,952 106,928 176,276 90,657 27,185 28,648 4,463 2,906
Rest of Americas................ 30,558 29,934 17,893 21,989 15,434 10,945 1,521 879
--------- ------- ------- ------- ------- ------- ------ ------
Total Americas.................. 286,510 136,862 194,169 112,646 42,619 39,593 5,984 3,785
--------- ------- ------- ------- ------- ------- ------ ------
Asia-Pacific.................. 45,610 43,652 23,514 28,441 19,481 17,442 2,364 1,586
--------- ------- ------- ------- ------- ------- ------ ------
Total........................... 1,262,317 853,312 648,185 487,362 229,007 183,442 19,308 12,856
========= ======= ======= ======= ======= ======= ====== ======
</TABLE>
- ---------------
(1) Europe/Middle East/Africa
In 1998, the Company allocated total sales revenues by Industry Sectors for
the first time. The six major groups of Industry Sectors generated the following
total sales revenues for the year ended:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
1998
DM (000)
---------
<S> <C>
Process Industries.......................................... 1,910,980
Discrete Manufacturing...................................... 2,275,050
Fast-Moving Consumer Goods.................................. 1,274,163
Utilities and Communication................................. 886,901
Financial Services and Service Providers.................... 1,621,530
Public Sector............................................... 496,670
---------
Total Sales Revenue......................................... 8,465,294
=========
</TABLE>
(42) BOARD OF DIRECTORS
Subject to the adoption of the dividend resolution by the shareholders at
the Annual General Shareholders' Meeting on May 6, 1999, the total annual
remuneration of the Supervisory Board for the year ended December 31, 1998 will
amount to DM 1,096 thousand. The total annual remuneration of the Executive
Board for the year ended December 31, 1998 was DM 7,988 thousand. Interest-free
loans granted to members of the Executive Board and outstanding in the amount of
DM 9 thousand on December 31, 1997
F-32
<PAGE> 104
were fully repaid in 1998. The pension accrual as of December 31, 1998 for
former Executive Board Members was DM 2,420 thousand.
The members of the Supervisory Board and Executive Board of SAP AG are
listed on pages F-34 and F-35.
F-33
<PAGE> 105
SUPERVISORY BOARD AND EXECUTIVE BOARD
SUPERVISORY BOARD
<TABLE>
<S> <C>
ELECTED AT THE ANNUAL GENERAL SHAREHOLDERS' ELECTED BY THE EMPLOYEES:
MEETING:
HELGA CLASSEN
DIETMAR HOPP St. Leon-Rot
Walldorf Deputy Chairperson
Chairperson
as of May 7, 1998 WILLI BURBACH
Ratingen
DR. WILHELM HAARMANN
Kronberg/Taunus RUDIGER GERBER
RA WP StB HAARMANN, Bad Schonborn
HEMMELRATH & PARTNER until May 7, 1998
Frankfurt am Main
BERNHARD KOLLER
DR. HEINRICH HORNEF Walldorf
Weinheim
until May 7, 1998 DR. GERHARD MAIER
Wiesloch
KLAUS-DIETER LAIDIG
Boblingen DR. BARBARA SCHENNERLEIN
Dresden
HARTMUT MEHDORN as of May 7, 1998
Heidelberg
Chairman of the Executive Board of ALFRED SIMON
Heidelberger Druckmaschinen AG Malsch
Heidelberg
as of May 7, 1998
BOTHO VON PORTATIUS
Cologne
until May 7, 1998
PROF. DR. AUGUST-WILHELM SCHEER
Saarbrucken
Director of the Institute for Information
Systems
Saarland University
Saarbrucken
until May 7, 1998
DR. DIETER SPORI
Backnang
DaimlerChrysler
Berlin
as of May 7, 1998
DR. BERND THIEMANN
Kronberg/Taunus
Chairman of the Executive Board of DG BANK
Frankfurt am Main
until May 7, 1998
DR. h. c. KLAUS TSCHIRA
Heidelberg
as of May 7, 1998
</TABLE>
F-34
<PAGE> 106
<TABLE>
<S> <C>
EXECUTIVE BOARD EXTENDED MANAGEMENT BOARD
PROF. DR. H. C. HASSO PLATTNER MICHAEL GIOJA
Schriesheim/Altenbach Stutensee
Co-speaker and CEO Human Resources Development
Basis, Technology, and Industry until October 27, 1998
Solutions Development, Marketing,
Corporate Communications, KARL-HEINZ HESS
Americas Region Stutensee
Basis Development
PROF. DR. HENNING KAGERMANN
Hockenheim DIETER MATHEIS
Co-speaker and CEO Muhlhausen
Financials, Human Resources, and Industry Chief Financial Officer
Solutions Development Administration,
Europe / Middle East / Africa KEVIN S. MCKAY
Doylestown, PA, U.S.A.
DR. CLAUS E. HEINRICH SAP America, Inc. (CEO)
Walldorf as of September 3, 1998
Logistics and Industry Solutions
Development PAUL NEUGART
Human Resources Hockenheim
Head of Sales in Germany
DIETMAR HOPP until June 30, 1998
Walldorf
Administration, Sales and Consulting
Germany Corporate Communications
until May 7, 1998
GERHARD OSWALD
Wiesloch
R/3 Corporate Services,
IT Infrastructure
DR. h. c. KLAUS TSCHIRA
Heidelberg
Human Resources
Development
until May 7, 1998
PAUL WAHL
Wilhelmsfeld
SAP America, Inc. (CEO)
Marketing
until September 3, 1998
DR. PETER ZENCKE
Weinheim
Logistics and Industry Solutions
Development
Asia-Pacific
</TABLE>
F-35
<PAGE> 107
INVESTMENTS OF SAP AKTIENGESELLSCHAFT
AND THE COMPANY
As of December 31, 1998, figures in DM(000), except for % and employee
information
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
NUMBER OF
NET INCOME/ EMPLOYEES
OWNERSHIP (LOSS)(1) EQUITY AS OF
NAME AND LOCATION OF COMPANY % FOR 1998 12/31/1998(1) 12/31/1998(2)
---------------------------- --------- ------------ ------------- -------------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C>
I. AFFILIATED COMPANIES
GERMANY
SAP Retail Solutions GmbH & Co., St. Ingbert(5)..... 100 16,853 37,198 491
SRS Software-und Systemhaus Dresden GmbH, Dresden... 50 7,718 14,816 382
SAP Systems Integration GmbH, Alsbach-Haehnlein..... 60 5,654 32,965 214
SAP Labs GmbH Mannheim(4)........................... 80.2 2,151 2,455 226
Steeb Anwendungssysteme GmbH, Abstatt............... 100 3,732 9,498 125
AsseT GmbH Assessment & Training
Technologies, Friedrichshafen..................... 75 728 1,897 16
SAP Retail Solutions Beteiligungsgesellschaft mbH,
Walldorf.......................................... 100 (2) 48 --
DACOS Software Holding GmbH, St. Ingbert............ 100 (3,505) 10,324 --
REST OF EUROPE, MIDDLE EAST AND AFRICA
SAP (UK) Limited, Feltham/UK........................ 100 17,075 134,966 500
SAP France Systemes Applications et Progiciels S.A.,
Paris/France...................................... 100 14,432 72,248 415
SAP (Schweiz) AG Systeme, Andwendungen und Produkte,
Biel/Switzerland.................................. 100 48,052 220,768 252
SAP Svenska Aktiebolag, Stockholm/Sweden............ 100 39,521 66,148 231
SAP Nederland B.V., 's Hertogenbosch/The
Netherlands....................................... 100 26,109 60,062 269
S.A.P., Italia Sistemi Applicazioni Prodotti in Data
Processing S.p.A., Milan/Italy.................... 100 22,192 43,337 177
SAP ESPANA Y PORTUGAL SISTEMAS APLICACIONES Y
PRODUCTOS EN LA INFORMATICA, S.A., Madrid/Spain... 100 17,080 39,892 195
SAP Danmark A/S, Brondby/Denmark.................... 100 11,477 49,302 241
SAP Osterreich, Systeme, Anwendungen und Produkte in
der Datenverarbeitung Gesellschaft m.b.H., Vienna/
Austria........................................... 100 17,361 53,174 178
NV SAP BELGIUM SA, Brussels/Belgium................. 100 15,107 38,206 143
SYSTEMS APPLICATIONS PRODUCTS (SOUTHERN AFRICA)
(PTY) LTD,
Woodmead/South Africa............................. 100 9,358 19,950 210
SAP CR, spol s.r.o., Prague/Czech Republic.......... 100 2,163 18,574 124
SAP Polska Sp. z.o.o., Warsaw/Poland................ 100 3,311 9,460 83
SAP Hungary Rendszerek, Alkalmazasok es Termekek az
Adatfeldolgozasban Informatikai Kft.,
Budapest/Hungary.................................. 100 6,076 7,989 47
SAP Consult C.I.S., Moscow/Russia................... 100 445 1,090 86
SAP Slovensko s.r.o. Britisilava/Slovakia(4)........ 100 27 1,812 38
SAP Retail Solutions Nederland B.V., 's
Hertogenbosch/ The Netherlands.................... 100 170 393 --
SAP Service and Support Center (Ireland) Limited,
Dublin/Ireland.................................... 100 1,410 3,502 45
OFEK-tech Software Industrie Ltd.,
Tel Aviv/Israel(3)................................ 58 783 2,004 33
K&V Information Systems Ltd i.L.,
Buckinghamshire/UK(3),(5)......................... 100 (686) 296 --
</TABLE>
F-36
<PAGE> 108
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
NUMBER OF
NET INCOME/ EMPLOYEES
OWNERSHIP (LOSS)(1) EQUITY AS OF
NAME AND LOCATION OF COMPANY % FOR 1998 12/31/1998(1) 12/31/1998(2)
---------------------------- --------- ------------ ------------- -------------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C>
SAP Labs France S.A. Paris/France(4)................ 100 (251) 3,477 8
DACOS Software S.A., Vaumarcus
(NE)/Switzerland(3),(5)........................... 52 (179) 435 1
SAP Ireland Ltd., Dublin/Ireland.................... 100 4,020 70,012 6
AMERICAS
SAP America, Inc., Newton Square/USA................ 100 302,607 947,878 3,823
SAP Canada, Applications and Products in Data
Processing Inc., North York,/Canada............... 100 5,153 48,180 571
SAP BRASIL COMERCIO E REPRESENTACOES LTDA., Sao
Paulo/Brazil...................................... 100 25,768 41,697 405
SAP Labs, Inc., Palo Alto, CA/USA(5)................ 100 4,060 13,930 433
SAP MEXICO S.A. DE C.V., Mexico City/Mexico......... 100 26,453 34,917 222
SAP America Public Sector and Education, Inc.,
Washington, DC/USA................................ 100 (6,463) (6,222) 172
SAP Andina y del Caribe S.A, Caracas/Venezuela...... 100 11,920 14,453 160
SAP ARGENTINA S.A., Buenos Aires/Argentina.......... 100 16,013 31,115 163
SAP International, Inc., Miami, FL/USA(5)........... 100 (1,940) (1,411) 35
SAP Investment Inc., Wilmington, DE/USA(3),(5)...... 100 23 86,673 --
ASIA-PACIFIC
SAP AUSTRALIA PTY LTD, Sydney/Australia............. 100 16,899 52,296 344
SAP Japan Co., Ltd., Tokyo/Japan.................... 100 (103,898) (1,521) 921
SAP Asia Pte. Ltd., Singapore....................... 100 (1,537) 10,185 269
SAP India Systems, Applications and Products in Data
Processing Private Limited, Bangalore/India(5).... 100 9,581 13,309 116
SAP (Malaysia) Sdn Bhd, Kuala Lumpur/Malaysia....... 100 2,035 7,814 74
SAP Taiwan Co. Ltd., Taipei/Taiwan.................. 100 6,679 11,499 73
SAP New Zealand Limited, Auckland/New Zealand....... 100 4,843 11,792 41
SAP Korea Limited, Seoul/Korea...................... 100 4,973 18,316 100
SAP (Beijing) Software System Co., Ltd.,
Beijing/China..................................... 100 (405) 5,042 160
SAP HONG KONG CO., LIMITED,
Taikoo Shing/Hong Kong............................ 100 3,753 9,007 41
SAP SYSTEMS, APPLICATIONS AND PRODUCTS IN DATA
PROCESSING (THAILAND) LTD., Bangkok/Thailand...... 100 2,603 7,059 50
SAP Philippines SYSTEMS, APPLICATIONS AND PRODUCTS
IN DATA PROCESSING, Inc., Makati
City/Philippines.................................. 100 582 2,228 42
SAP Labs India Pvt. Ltd. Bangalore/India(4)......... 100 257 1,866 120
PT SAP Asia, Jakarta/Indonesia...................... 100 (1,703) (1,071) 13
SAP India (Holding) Pte. Ltd., Singapore............ 100 (8) 712 0
</TABLE>
- ---------------
(1) These figures do not include eliminations resulting from consolidation and
therefore do not reflect the contribution of these companies included in the
consolidated financial statements.
(2) As of December 31, 1998, including managing directors.
(3) Not consolidated according to Article 296(2) of the German Commercial Code.
(4) Consolidated for the first time in 1998
(5) Represents a wholly owned entity of a subsidiary
F-37
<PAGE> 109
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
NUMBER OF
NET INCOME/ EMPLOYEES
OWNERSHIP (LOSS)(1) EQUITY AS OF
NAME AND LOCATION OF COMPANY % FOR 1998 12/31/1998(1) 12/31/1998(2)
---------------------------- --------- ---------------- ------------- -------------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C>
II. ASSOCIATED COMPANIES
IDS Prof. Scheer Gesellschaft fur
integrierte
Datenverarbeitungssysteme mbH
Saarbrucken/Germany................. 25.2 6,519 62,871 575
SAP Solutions GmbH, Freiberg/Germany.. 40 10,390 13,521 217
Schmidt, Vogel und Partner Consult
Gesellschaft fur Organisation und
Managementberatung mbH, Bielefeld/
Germany............................. 25.2 858 3,827 241
Pandesic LLC, Santa Clara, California/
USA(3).............................. 50 (72,056) 2,447 143
</TABLE>
- ---------------
(1) These figures do not include eliminations resulting from consolidation and
therefore do not reflect the contribution of these companies included in the
consolidated financial statements.
(2) As of December 31, 1998, including managing directors.
(3) Consolidated for the first time in 1998.
F-38
<PAGE> 110
SCHEDULE II
VALUATION AND QUALIFYING ACCOUNTS AND RESERVES
YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1998, 1997 AND 1996
DM (000)
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
ADDITIONS
--------------------------
CHARGED
BEGINNING TO COSTS OTHER ENDING
DESCRIPTION BALANCE AND EXPENSES WRITE-OFFS DEDUCTIONS BALANCE
- ----------- --------- ------------ ---------- ---------- -------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Allowances for Doubtful Accounts:
Year ended December 31, 1996...... 23,557 31,739 5,000 -- 50,296
Year ended December 31, 1997...... 50,296 51,266 9,200 -- 92,362
Year ended December 31, 1998...... 92,362 110,978 46,139 -- 157,201
</TABLE>
F-39
<PAGE> 111
EXHIBIT INDEX
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
EXHIBIT NO. DESCRIPTION
- ----------- -----------
<S> <C> <C>
3.1 Articles of Association (Satzung), as amended to date
(English translation).*
10.1 Pooling Agreement, dated November 30, 1996, among Dietmar
Hopp, Oliver Hopp, Dietmar Hopp Stiftung GmbH, Dr. Hasso
Plattner, Dr. Klaus Tschira and Klaus Tschira Stiftung gGmbH
(English translation).**
10.2 Supplement to Pooling Agreement, effective as of October 12,
1998 (English translation).*
10.3 Amendment to Pooling Agreement, effective as of December 7,
1998 (English translation).*
23.1 Consent of ARTHUR ANDERSEN Wirtschaftsprufungsgesellschaft
Steuerberatungsgesellschaft mbH.*
</TABLE>
- ---------------
* Filed herewith.
** Incorporated by reference to Registration Statement on Form F-1 of SAP
(Registration No. 333-57383), filed on June 22, 1998.
<PAGE> 1
Exhibit 3.1
SAP AG
ARTICLES OF ASSOCIATION
I. GENERAL PROVISIONS
SECTION 1
CORPORATE NAME, REGISTERED OFFICE AND TERM OF THE COMPANY
1. The name of the Company is:
SAP Aktiengesellschaft Systeme, Anwendungen, Produkte in der
Datenverarbeitung.
2. The Company's registered office is in Walldorf, Germany.
3. The Company is incorporated for an indefinite period of time.
SECTION 2
OBJECTIVES OF THE COMPANY
1. The objectives of the Company are: to develop software, to license such
software to third parties, to provide business analysis and
implementation consulting services as well as customer training; in
addition, to sell, lease, rent or arrange the procurement and provision
of IT systems and related equipment for other purposes.
2. As far as permitted by law, the Company may conduct all business and
take all measures, which seem appropriate to support its objectives.
The Company may in particular acquire or sell land, establish branch
offices within Germany and abroad, acquire participations in businesses
of the same or a similar kind -- in special cases also of a different
kind -- and conclude corporate, cooperation and joint venture
agreements.
SECTION 3
OFFICIAL NOTICES
The Company's official notices shall be published in the "Bundesanzeiger" (the
official gazette of the Federal Republic of Germany) only.
1
<PAGE> 2
II. CAPITAL STOCK AND SHARES
SECTION 4
CAPITAL STOCK
1. The capital stock of the Company amounts to EUR 267,314,897.00 and is
divided into 61,000,000 no-par ordinary shares and 43,564,499 no-par,
non-voting preferred shares. Pursuant to Section 23, paragraph 6 of the
Articles of Association, the preferred shares are preferred in terms of
profit distribution.
2. The shares are individual shares. They are made out to the bearer.
Certificates issued for shares with a par value of DM 5 certify
ownership of one individual share; certificates issued for shares with
a par value of DM 50 certify ownership of ten individual shares.
3. The form of the share certificates, dividend coupons and renewal
coupons as well as bonds and interest coupons shall be determined by
the Executive Board with the consent of the Supervisory Board. The
Company may combine single shares of the same par values into share
certificates certifying a majority of shares with the corresponding par
value (multiple share certificates). Shareholders are not entitled to
certificates for single shares.
4. When new shares are issued, the commencement of dividend entitlement in
respect of these new shares may be determined in derogation of Section
60 paragraph 2, German Stock Corporation Act.
5. Taking into account the conversion rights already exercised for
convertible bonds by December 31, 1998, the capital stock of the
Company is further increased by a maximum of EUR 1,752,455.48 divided
into a maximum of 685,501 no-par, non-voting preferred shares made out
to the bearer, whose status is equal to that of the preferred shares
already issued (Contingent Capital II). The conditional increase in
capital will be carried out only to the extent to which the holders of
the convertible bonds exercise their right to convert their bonds into
shares of the Company. The Annual General Meeting authorized the
Executive Board to issue these convertible bonds on June 22, 1994. The
new shares shall carry dividend entitlement as of the beginning of the
financial year in which they are issued. The Executive Board shall be
entitled to determine the procedures relating to the conditional
increase in capital.
6. The Executive Board is authorized, with the consent of the Supervisory
Board, to increase the Company's capital stock on one or more occasions
to a maximum of EUR 5,112,918.81 by May 15, 2003, by issuing new
non-voting preferred shares made out to the bearer in return for cash
deposits (Approved Capital). Only non-voting preferred shares may be
issued. They shall have the same rights as the preferred shares already
issued, in accordance with these Articles of Association. The new
shares shall be offered for purchase by existing shareholders. With the
consent of the Supervisory Board, the Executive Board is, however,
authorized to exclude fractions of shares from the purchasing rights
granted to shareholders.
2
<PAGE> 3
III. CONSTITUTION AND MANAGEMENT OF THE COMPANY
SECTION 5
CORPORATE BODIES
The Company's executive bodies are:
a) the Executive Board, b) the Supervisory Board, c) the Annual General Meeting.
THE EXECUTIVE BOARD
SECTION 6
COMPOSITION OF THE EXECUTIVE BOARD
1. The Executive Board shall consist of at least two persons. The
appointment of deputy members of the Executive Board is admissible. The
latter have the same rights as the full members of the Executive Board
regarding the external representation of the Company.
2. The determination of the number and the appointment of the full members
and the deputy members of the Executive Board, the conclusion of their
employment contracts and the revocation of their appointments are the
responsibility of the Supervisory Board, as are the appointment of a
member/s of the Executive Board as chairman of the Executive Board and
the appointment of one or more member/s of the Executive Board as
deputy chairman/chairmen of the Executive Board.
SECTION 7
RULES OF PROCEDURE AND RESOLUTIONS OF THE EXECUTIVE BOARD
The Executive Board shall unanimously adopt its own rules of procedure.
Resolutions of the Executive Board shall be adopted by a majority vote. Should a
vote end in a tie, the chairman of the Executive Board, or -- if the chairman is
unable to vote -- the deputy chairman of the Executive Board, shall have the
casting vote.
SECTION 8
LEGAL REPRESENTATION OF THE COMPANY
The Company shall be legally represented
a) by two members of the Executive Board;
b) by one member of the Executive Board acting jointly with one Company
officer with full power of attorney.
3
<PAGE> 4
SECTION 9
LIMITATION OF THE EXECUTIVE BOARD'S AUTHORITY
The Executive Board shall be obliged to adhere to the limitations imposed by the
Articles of Association or the Supervisory Board regarding the scope of its
management authority or which result from a resolution adopted by the Annual
General Meeting pursuant to Section 119 of the German Stock Corporation Act.
IV. THE SUPERVISORY BOARD
SECTION 10
COMPOSITION, TERM OF OFFICE
1. The Supervisory Board shall consist of twelve members, six of whom
shall be elected by the shareholders and six by the employees pursuant
to the provisions of the 1976 German Co-Determination Act.
2. Unless the Annual General Meeting specified a shorter term of office
when electing individual members of the Supervisory Board or the entire
Supervisory Board, the members of the Supervisory Board shall be
appointed for a period ending with the Annual General Meeting at which
the actions of the Supervisory Board were formally approved for the
fourth financial year following commencement of the term of office, not
counting the financial year in which their term of office commences.
3. Substitutes for shareholders' representatives on the Supervisory Board
may be elected to replace members who resign prior to the expiry of
their term; the order of their succession shall be stipulated at the
time of their election.
4. In the event that a shareholders' representative is elected to replace
a member of the Supervisory Board who resigns, the successor shall be
appointed for the remaining term of office of the resigning member. In
the event that a substitute member succeeds the resigning member, his
term of office shall expire either as of the conclusion of the next
Annual General Meeting at which the new members of the Supervisory
Board are elected or at the latest upon expiry of the term of office of
the resigning member of the Supervisory Board. In the event that the
Annual General Meeting elects a new representative to replace a member
who has already been succeeded by a substitute member, the successor
reverts to his position as substitute member.
5. The members and substitute members of the Supervisory Board may resign
from office by submitting a written statement addressed to the chairman
of the Supervisory Board or to the Executive Board observing a period
of notice of four weeks.
4
<PAGE> 5
SECTION 11
DUTIES AND RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE SUPERVISORY BOARD
1. The Supervisory Board shall have all duties and rights that are
conferred upon it by law, the Articles of Association or otherwise.
Both the Executive and Supervisory Boards shall be entitled to call an
Annual General Meeting.
2. The Supervisory Board shall be authorized to amend the Articles of
Association where such amendments only concern the wording.
3. The Supervisory Board shall be entitled at any time to supervise all
management activities of the Executive Board and to this end to inspect
and examine all books and records as well as the assets of the Company.
4. To the extent stipulated by law, the Executive Board shall be obliged
to report to the Supervisory Board on the current affairs of the
Company.
5. The Supervisory Board may set up committees made up of its own members.
Where permitted by law, decision-making powers may be delegated to such
committees.
SECTION 12
DECLARATIONS OF INTENT OF THE SUPERVISORY BOARD
1. Declarations of intent of the Supervisory Board and its committees
shall be given on behalf of the Supervisory Board by the chairman or --
should he be unable to do so -- by the deputy chairman.
2. The chairman of the Supervisory Board or his deputy shall be the
permanent representative of the Supervisory Board vis-a-vis third
parties, especially vis-a-vis courts and authorities as well as the
Executive Board.
SECTION 13
CHAIRMAN AND DEPUTY CHAIRMAN
1. Following an Annual General Meeting at which all members of the
Supervisory Board to be elected by the Annual General Meeting have been
newly appointed, a meeting of the Supervisory Board shall take place,
which shall be held without special invitation. At this meeting, the
Supervisory Board shall elect one of its members as chairman and
another as deputy chairman for the term of its office.
2. In the event that the required majority of votes is not reached to
elect a chairman or deputy chairman of the Supervisory Board, a second
ballot shall be held. In this ballot, the members of the Supervisory
Board representing the shareholders shall elect the chairman of the
Supervisory Board and the members representing the employees shall
elect the deputy chairman by a majority vote.
5
<PAGE> 6
3. Following the election of the chairman and the deputy chairman of the
Supervisory Board, the Supervisory Board shall form a committee in
order to exercise its duties as stipulated in Section 31, paragraph 3,
clause 1 of the German Co-Determination Act. This committee shall
consist of the chairman and the deputy chairman of the Supervisory
Board as well as two other members of the Supervisory Board, one to be
elected by the employees' representatives and the other by the
shareholders' representatives on the Supervisory Board. Both members
shall be elected by a majority vote.
4. In the event that the chairman of the Supervisory Board is prevented
from executing his office, the deputy chairman shall take his place.
This provision shall not affect Section 20, paragraph 1.
5. In the event that the chairman or deputy chairman resigns from office
prior to expiry of the term of that office, the Supervisory Board shall
elect a new chairman or deputy chairman without delay. The same shall
apply in the event that one of the other members of the committee
referred to in paragraph 3 resigns from office prior to expiry of the
term of that office.
SECTION 14
INVITATIONS TO MEETINGS AND RESOLUTIONS
1. The Supervisory Board shall adopt its own rules of procedure by a
majority vote. The following provisions apply to invitations to
meetings, quorums and resolutions. Supplementary provisions may be
stipulated in the rules of procedure.
2. Invitations to attend meetings of the Supervisory Board shall be issued
in writing by the chairman no later than fourteen days prior to any
meeting, not counting the day of dispatch of the invitation and the day
of the meeting. In urgent cases, the chairman may shorten the term and
call a meeting by issuing invitations orally or by telephone, telex,
telegram or facsimile.
3. Resolutions may be adopted by written, telegraphic, telephone,
facsimile or telex vote, provided that no member objects to this voting
form within an appropriate period stipulated by the chairman.
Resolutions passed by telephone vote shall subsequently be confirmed in
writing.
4. The Executive Board may attend the meetings of the Supervisory Board in
an advisory capacity.
5. A quorum shall be present if at least six members of the Supervisory
Board attend a meeting. Unless otherwise stipulated by law or by the
Articles of Association, resolutions of the Supervisory Board shall be
adopted by a majority vote. Should a vote end in a tie, and should a
repeated vote on the same item likewise end in a tie, the chairman
shall have the casting vote. The casting vote may be given in one of
the ways set forth in paragraph 3. The deputy chairman shall not be
entitled to give a casting vote.
6
<PAGE> 7
SECTION 15
DUTY OF SECRECY
1. The members of the Supervisory Board shall be obliged to maintain
secrecy in respect of any confidential information and secrets of the
Company, notably business and trade secrets, which have been imparted
to them in their capacity as members of the Supervisory Board. Persons
taking part in meetings of the Supervisory Board who are not members of
the Supervisory Board shall be expressly enjoined to secrecy.
2. In the event that a member of the Supervisory Board intends to pass
information on to a third party, he shall be obliged to notify the
Supervisory Board and the Executive Board of his intention beforehand,
naming the persons he wishes to inform. The Supervisory Board and the
Executive Board must be given the opportunity to decide prior to the
disclosure of information whether they consider such disclosure to
violate paragraph 1 or not. The decision shall be made by the chairman
of the Supervisory Board and the chairman of the Executive Board.
3. The members of the Supervisory Board shall be obliged to maintain
secrecy as set forth in the foregoing paragraphs after their
resignation from the Supervisory Board.
SECTION 16
REMUNERATION
Besides the reimbursement of his expenses, each member of the Supervisory Board
shall receive a fixed remuneration amounting to EUR 5,112.92, payable upon the
expiry of the financial year, as well as an additional remuneration amounting to
EUR 1,789.52 for each percent of distributed profits, based on the capital
stock, and a pro rata amount in the case of fractions of a percentage. The
additional remuneration is payable on the first business day following the
Annual General Meeting. The chairman shall receive twice the amount, and the
deputy chairman one and a half times the amount determined for the other members
of the Supervisory Board. However, the total remuneration (not including sales
tax) shall not exceed the following amounts per fiscal year:
- - - For the chairman: 14 times the fixed remuneration.
- - - For the deputy chairman: 10.5 times the fixed remuneration.
- - - For the other members of the Supervisory Board: 7 times the fixed
remuneration.
In addition, any sales tax charged by a member of the Supervisory Board or shown
in a credit advice for an invoice shall be refunded by the Company to the extent
prescribed by law.
7
<PAGE> 8
V. THE ANNUAL GENERAL MEETING
SECTION 17
INVITATION TO THE ANNUAL GENERAL MEETING
1. The Annual General Meeting shall be held at the registered office of
the Company, at a location within a radius of 50 km from the registered
office of the Company, or in a city in the Federal Republic of Germany
where a stock exchange is located. In the event that it is difficult to
hold the Annual General Meeting at these venues, the Executive Board or
the Supervisory Board may call the meeting at a different location. The
invitation shall state the location of the Annual General Meeting.
2. The Executive Board or the Supervisory Board shall call the Annual
General Meeting.
3. The Annual General Meeting shall be called by publication of an
announcement in the official gazette of the Federal Republic of
Germany, giving the information required by law, in such a way that
pursuant to Section 18, paragraph 2 of the Articles of Association,
there shall be a period of one month between the date of the
publication and the last date of deposit, not counting these two days.
SECTION 18
RIGHT TO ATTEND THE ANNUAL GENERAL MEETING
1. Shareholders are entitled to participate in the Annual General Meeting
provided they have deposited their shares at the Company or at other
places stipulated in the invitation or at a collective security deposit
bank or with a notary public during normal business hours, and leave
them there until the conclusion of the Annual General Meeting.
2. The shares shall be deposited at least four business days before the
date of the Annual General Meeting.
3. Shares shall also be deemed properly deposited if, with the approval of
and on behalf of a depository, they are lodged with and kept blocked at
another bank until the conclusion of the Annual General Meeting.
4. In the event that shares are deposited with a notary public, the
original depository receipt issued by him or a certified copy thereof
has to be filed with the Company at the latest on the day following
expiry of the deposit deadline.
5. Details regarding the depositing of shares and the issuance of voting
cards shall be published in the invitation.
6. For the purposes of this provision, Saturdays are not regarded as
business days.
8
<PAGE> 9
SECTION 19
VOTING RIGHTS
1. Each ordinary share shall entitle its holder to a vote. Holders of
preferred shares are not entitled to vote, unless mandatory statutory
provisions stipulate otherwise. If legal provisions permit voting
rights for preferred shares, each preferred share entitles the holder
to a vote.
2. Voting rights may be exercised by proxy. A written statement is
required and sufficient for the appointment of a proxy.
3. If no share certificates have been issued, the invitation to the Annual
General Meeting shall stipulate the provisions that have to be
fulfilled by the shareholders in order to prove their entitlement to
voting rights.
SECTION 20
CHAIRMANSHIP OF THE ANNUAL GENERAL MEETING
1. The chairman of the Supervisory Board shall chair the Annual General
Meeting. Should the chairman be prevented from chairing the meeting, he
shall determine another member of the Supervisory Board to take his
place. In the event that the chairman is prevented from chairing the
meeting and has not determined another member to act as his substitute,
the Annual General Meeting shall be chaired by a member of the
Supervisory Board elected by the shareholders' representatives on the
Supervisory Board.
2. The chairman shall conduct the proceedings and shall determine both the
order of the agenda and the form of voting. The outcome of the ballots
may be determined by subtracting the affirmative votes or the negative
votes and the abstentions from the total number of voting rights to
which the voters are entitled.
SECTION 21
RESOLUTIONS OF THE ANNUAL GENERAL MEETING
1. Unless stipulated otherwise by mandatory provisions of law, resolutions
of the Annual General Meeting require a simple majority of the votes
cast to be adopted; where the law prescribes a larger majority of the
capital stock represented for the adoption of resolutions, two-thirds
of the capital stock represented shall be sufficient, unless mandatory
legal provisions require a larger majority.
2. Should a vote end in a tie, the motion shall be deemed rejected, except
in the case of elections.
3. Should no candidate receive a simple majority of votes during the first
ballot, a second ballot shall be conducted among those candidates who
received the largest number of votes. Should the second ballot end in a
tie, the election shall be determined by drawing lots.
9
<PAGE> 10
SECTION 22
MINUTES OF THE ANNUAL GENERAL MEETING
1. A notary shall take minutes of the proceedings of the Annual General
Meeting; the notary and the chairman shall sign the minutes.
2. A list of those shareholders attending in person or represented at the
meeting and their representatives shall be attached to the minutes. The
chairman of the Annual General Meeting shall sign the list. The minutes
shall have full probative value for the shareholders both among
themselves and in relation to their representatives.
3. The proxy documents need not be attached to the minutes.
VI. ANNUAL FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND APPROPRIATION OF RETAINED EARNINGS
SECTION 23
FINANCIAL YEAR, ANNUAL REPORT AND FINANCIAL STATEMENTS, FORMAL
APPROVAL OF THE ACTIONS OF THE EXECUTIVE AND SUPERVISORY BOARD,
DISTRIBUTION OF RETAINED EARNINGS
1. The financial year shall be the calendar year.
2. In the first three months of every financial year, the Executive Board
shall prepare a management report and the financial statements for the
past financial year, and shall present these to the auditors. Upon
receipt of the auditors' report, these documents, together with the
auditors' report and the proposal for the appropriation of the retained
earnings to be resolved by the Annual General Meeting, shall be
submitted to the Supervisory Board without delay.
3. As soon as an invitation to the Annual General Meeting has been issued,
the annual financial statements, the management report, the report of
the Supervisory Board and the Executive Board's proposal for the
appropriation of the retained earnings shall be available for the
shareholders' inspection on the business premises of the Company.
4. After receipt of the report to be rendered by the Supervisory Board
pursuant to Section 171 paragraph 2 of the German Stock Corporation
Act, the Annual General Meeting shall resolve within the first eight
months of the financial year on the formal approval of the actions of
the Executive and Supervisory Boards, the appropriation of the retained
earnings, the appointment of the auditors, and in cases provided for by
law, the approval of the annual financial statements.
5. In approving the annual financial statements, the Executive and
Supervisory Boards shall be authorized to appropriate to the retained
earnings either all or a part of the annual net income remaining after
deduction of amounts to be allocated to the legal reserves and of
10
<PAGE> 11
any accumulated losses carried forward. The Executive and Supervisory
Boards may not appropriate more than one half of the annual net income
if, after such allocation, the other retained earnings would exceed one
half of the capital stock.
6. Holders of preferred shares receive a share of the retained earnings
which exceeds the dividend paid on ordinary shares by 3 cents and is
equal to no less than 3 cents per preferred share. In the event that
the retained earnings of a financial year are not sufficient to pay the
preferred amount pursuant to sentence 1, the retained earnings of the
subsequent financial year shall first be used to pay the arrears
without interest before the entire preferred amount for that financial
year is distributed to the holders of preferred shares. In the event of
there being outstanding preferred amounts for several financial years,
the retained earnings shall first be used to pay the arrears without
interest in the order of their accrual, and when all arrears have been
paid, the remainder shall be used to pay the preferred amount for the
financial year preceding the dividend distribution. The right to back
payment constitutes part of the share in the profits of that financial
year whose retained earnings are used to make the back payment on the
preferred shares.
SECTION 24
COSTS OF INCORPORATION AND CONVERSION
The Company shall bear all costs connected with its incorporation and
conversion. These costs are estimated at DM 250,000.
11
<PAGE> 1
Exhibit 10.2
Supplement to Pooling Agreement, dated November 30, 1996
Dietmar Hopp, Oliver Hopp and the Dietmar Hopp Stiftung hold, in connection with
the Pooling Agreement, a total of 11,861,600 SAP Ordinary Shares.
In particular:
<TABLE>
<S> <C>
- -- Dietmar Hopp 1,920,500
- -- Oliver Hopp 602,000
- -- Dietmar Hopp Stiftung 9,339,100
----------
11,861,600
</TABLE>
The Pooling Shareholders hereby agree that transfers of shares among the three
parties hereto named above are permitted, provided that the total number of
shares subject to the Pooling Agreement shall not fall below 11,861,600.
The same provisions shall also apply to Dr. Tschira and the Klaus Tschira
Stiftung.
Walldorf, October 12, 1998
To the extent that this Agreement is signed on behalf of any party by a
representative who also represents other parties hereto, such representative is
freed from Section 181 of the German Civil Code.
/s/ Dietmar Hopp
- ------------------------------
Dietmar Hopp
/s/ Oliver Hopp
- ------------------------------
Oliver Hopp
/s/ Dietmar Hopp
- ------------------------------
Dietmar Hopp Stiftung, a limited liability company, represented by its managing
director, Dietmar Hopp, who is empowered to act alone
/s/ Hasso Plattner
- ------------------------------
Dr. h.c. Hasso Plattner
/s/ Klaus Tschira
- ------------------------------
Dr. h.c. Klaus Tschira
/s/ Klaus Tschira
- ------------------------------
Klaus Tschira Stiftung, a non-profit limited liability company, represented by
its managing director Dr. h.c. Klaus Tschira, who is empowered to act alone
<PAGE> 1
Exhibit 10.3
Amendment to Pooling Agreement 1996/II, dated 30 November 1996
among:
1. Mr. Dipl.-Ing. Dietmar Hopp,
2. Mr. Oliver Hopp,
3. the Dietmar Hopp Stiftung, a limited liability company, Walldorf,
represented by its managing director, Dietmar Hopp, who is empowered to
act alone, and who is freed from the limitations contained in Section
181 of the German Civil Code,
4. Mr. Dip.-Ing. Prof. Dr. h.c. Hasso Plattner,
5. Mr. Dipl.-Phys. Dr. h.c. Klaus Tschira and
6. the Klaus Tschira Stiftung, a non-profit limited liability company,
Heidelberg, represented by its managing director Dr. h.c. Klaus
Tschira, who is empowered to act alone, and who is freed from the
limitations contained in Section 181 of the German Civil Code.
The addresses of the contract parties are set forth in Annex 1 to this
Agreement.
With this Amendment, the contract parties hereby amend the Pooling Agreement
1996/II, dated November 30, 1996.
Mr. Prof. Dr. h.c. Hasso Plattner is no longer a party to the Pooling Agreement,
with effect as of December 7, 1998.
The following entities hereby join the Pooling Agreement in the place of Prof.
Dr. h.c. Hasso Plattner:
7. the Hasso Plattner GmbH & Co. Beteiligungs-KG, Walldorf, represented by
its managing partner with limited liability and procurist Prof. Dr.
h.c. Hasso Plattner, who is freed from the limitations contained in
Section 181 of the German Civil Code,
8. the Hasso Plattner Forderstiftung, a non-profit limited liability
company, Walldorf, represented by its managing director Prof. Dr. h.c.
Hasso Plattner, who is empowered to act alone, and who is freed from
the limitations contained in Section 181 of the German Civil Code.
The joining of the shareholders referred to under Nos. 7 and 8 is effected
with respect to the shares previously held by Prof. Dr. h.c. Hasso Plattner,
which were shares subject to the pooling arrangements.
1
<PAGE> 2
The Pooling Agreement, dated November 30, 1996, is hereby amended as follows:
Section 1 No. 1 is amended to read as follows:
1. The Pooling Shareholders hereby pool the following number of ordinary
shares of SAP as well as any voting rights resulting therefrom, without
forming assets of a company:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Portion of the
voting shares of the
Number of Shares capital of SAP
---------------- --------------
<S> <C> <C>
Mr. Dietmar Hopp 1,920,500
Mr. Oliver Hopp 602,000
Dietmar Hopp Stiftung GmbH 9,339,100
----------
Subtotal for the Hopp Family and Hopp Stiftung 11,861,600 19.44524%
Hasso Plattner GmbH & Co. Beteiligungs-KG 7,582,500
Hasso Plattner Foerderstiftung, gemeinnuetzige GmbH 2,100,000
----------
Subtotal for the companies of Mr. Plattner 9,682,500 15.87295%
Dr. h.c. Klaus Tschira 1,904,400
Klaus Tschira Stiftung gGmbh 7,051,600
----------
Subtotal for Mr. Tschira and the Tschira Stiftung 8,956,000 14.68197%
Total 30,500,100 50.00016%
========== ========
</TABLE>
The Agreement remains otherwise unaffected.
Walldorf, December 7, 1999
To the extent that this Agreement is signed on behalf of any party by a
representative who also represents other parties to this Agreement, such
representative is freed from the limitations of Section 181 of the German Civil
Code.
/s/ Dietmar Hopp
- ------------------------------
Dietmar Hopp
2
<PAGE> 3
/s/ Oliver Hopp
- ------------------------------
Oliver Hopp
/s/ Dietmar Hopp
- ------------------------------
Dietmar Hopp Stiftung, a limited liability company, represented
by its managing director, Dietmar Hopp, who is empowered to act alone
/s/ Hasso Plattner
- ------------------------------
Dipl.-Ing. Prof. Dr. h.c. Hasso Plattner
/s/ Hasso Plattner
- ------------------------------
Hasso Plattner GmbH & Co. Beteiligungs-KG,
represented by its managing partner with limited liability
and procurist Prof. Dr. h.c. Hasso Plattner
/s/ Hasso Plattner
- ------------------------------
Hasso Plattner Foerderstiftung, a non-profit
limited liability company, represented by its
managing director Prof. Dr. h.c. Hasso Plattner
/s/ Klaus Tschira
- ------------------------------
Dr. h.c. Klaus Tschira
/s/ Klaus Tschira
- ------------------------------
Klaus Tschira Stiftung, a non-profit limited
liability company, represented by its
managing director Dr. h.c. Klaus Tschira,
who is empowered to act alone
3
<PAGE> 1
EXHIBIT 23.1
-------------------------------
ARTHUR ANDERSEN
Wirtschaftsprufungsgesellschaft
Steuerberatungsgesellschaft mbH
-------------------------------
Mergenthalerallee 10-12
65760 Eschborn/Frankfurt/M.
Postfach 53 23
65728 Eschborn/Frankfurt/M.
(0 61 96) 9 96-213 Telefon
(0 61 96) 9 96-212 Telefax
CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT ACCOUNTANTS
As independent public accountants, we hereby consent to the incorporation by
reference in the registration statements on Form S-8 (No. 333-60399 and
333-65083) of SAP Aktiengesellschaft Systeme, Anwendungen, Produkte in der
Datenverarbeitung (the "Company") of our report dated February 26, 1999,
contained in the Annual Report on Form 20-F of the Company for the year ended
December 31, 1998 and to all references to our Firm included in these
registration statements.
Eschborn/Frankfurt/M., May 18, 1999
<TABLE>
<S> <C>
ARTHUR ANDERSEN
Wirschaftsprufungsgesellschaft
Steuerberatungsgesellschaft mbH
/s/ Weber /s/ Klein
------------------------------------ ------------------------------------
Prof. Dr. Weber Klein
Wirtschaftsprufer Wirtschaftsprufer
</TABLE>
